0001433642-17-000035.txt : 20170310 0001433642-17-000035.hdr.sgml : 20170310 20170310161818 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001433642-17-000035 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 8-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 7 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20170306 ITEM INFORMATION: Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement ITEM INFORMATION: Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities ITEM INFORMATION: Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year ITEM INFORMATION: Financial Statements and Exhibits FILED AS OF DATE: 20170310 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20170310 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Hamilton Lane INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001433642 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: INVESTMENT ADVICE [6282] IRS NUMBER: 262482738 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0331 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 8-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-38021 FILM NUMBER: 17682381 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE PRESIDENTIAL BOULEVARD STREET 2: 4TH FLOOR CITY: BALA CYNWYD STATE: PA ZIP: 19004 BUSINESS PHONE: (610) 934-2222 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE PRESIDENTIAL BOULEVARD STREET 2: 4TH FLOOR CITY: BALA CYNWYD STATE: PA ZIP: 19004 8-K 1 a8-k031017.htm 8-K Document
 

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
 
 
 
FORM 8-K
 
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): March 6, 2017
 
Hamilton Lane Incorporated
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
 
001-38021
 
26-2482738
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
 
(Commission File No.)
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

One Presidential Blvd., 4th Floor Bala Cynwyd, PA
 
 
 
19004
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 934-2222
 
Not Applicable
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)
 
Check the appropriate box below if the form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
 
o        Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o            Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o            Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2 (b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o            Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
  





Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

On March 6, 2017, Hamilton Lane Incorporated (the “Company”) closed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of 13,656,250 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), at an offering price of $16.00 per share, pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-215846), as amended (the “Registration Statement”).  In connection therewith and with the closing of the IPO, the Company entered into the following agreements previously filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement:
 

a Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“HLA”), dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among HLA and its members (as defined therein), a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference;

a Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among the Company, HLA, and each of the other persons and entities party thereto, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference;

an Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among the Company, HLA, and each of the other persons and entities party thereto, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference;

a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among the Company and the other persons and entities party thereto, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference;

a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among the Company, HLA and the persons and entities party thereto, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

The terms of these agreements are substantially the same as the terms set forth in the forms of such agreements filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement and as described therein.
 
Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
Simultaneously with the reorganization incident to the IPO, the Company issued 27,935,256 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), to certain members of HLA, including entities beneficially owned by certain members of its management and board of directors. The shares of Class B Common Stock were issued for nominal consideration in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

Also simultaneously with the reorganization incident to the IPO, the Company issued 3,865,400 shares of Class A Common Stock to certain members of HLA in exchange for membership interests of HLA. These shares of Class A Common Stock were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.
 
Item 5.03. Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.
 
On March 6, 2017, immediately prior to and in connection with the closing of the IPO, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation (as amended and restated, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.  The Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates in its entirety the Company’s original certificate of incorporation, which was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 31, 2007. A description of the Certificate of Incorporation is included in the Registration Statement. 




Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d)   Exhibits


Exhibit No.
 
Description
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hamilton Lane Incorporated
10.1
 
Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. and its members
10.2
 
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., and each of the other persons and entities party thereto
10.3
 
Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., and each of the other persons and entities party thereto
10.4
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated and the other persons party thereto
10.5
 
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. and the other persons and entities party thereto
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
 
 
Date: March 10, 2017
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Cleveland
 
 
Title:
General Counsel and Secretary




EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hamilton Lane Incorporated
10.1
 
Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. and its members
10.2
 
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., and each of the other persons and entities party thereto
10.3
 
Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., and each of the other persons and entities party thereto
10.4
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated and the other persons party thereto
10.5
 
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017, by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. and the other persons and entities party thereto



EX-3.1 2 hlexhibit31.htm EXHIBIT 3.1 Exhibit
EXHIBIT 3.1


AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED

Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby amend and restate its Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth below:

1.    The name of the Corporation is “Hamilton Lane Incorporated.” The date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware was December 31, 2007 under the name “Hamilton Lane Incorporated.”

2.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends and restates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I NAME
The name of the Corporation is Hamilton Lane Incorporated (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

ARTICLE IV AUTHORIZED STOCK
1.    Total Authorized. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is Three Hundred and Sixty Million (360,000,000) shares, consisting of: Three Hundred Million (300,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Class A Common Stock”), Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Class B Common Stock and together with the




Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.
2.    Designation of Additional Shares.
2.1    Certificate of Designation. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, to provide by resolution or resolutions from time to time for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the General Corporation Law (a “Certificate of Designation”), to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each such series, and, unless otherwise provided in any such resolution or resolutions, to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of such class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may also be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).
2.2    Seniority. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be senior to, junior to or pari passu with any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.
3.    Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as set forth below in this Section 3.
3.1    Voting Rights.
(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by the General Corporation Law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent (if action by written consent of the stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by the General Corporation Law, each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote

2



for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the applicable record date on any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders generally, and until a Sunset (as defined below) has become effective, each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the applicable record date on any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders generally. From and after a Sunset has become effective, each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the applicable record date on any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders generally. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.
(b)    A “Sunset” shall be triggered by any of the following:
(i)Hartley R. Rogers, Mario L. Giannini and their respective Permitted Transferees (as defined in the HLA LLC Agreement (as defined below)) collectively cease to maintain direct or indirect beneficial ownership of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (determined assuming that each outstanding Class B Unit (as defined below) and Class C Unit (as defined below) were exchanged for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of both of (x) the Exchange Agreement (as defined below) and (y) the HLA LLC Agreement);
(ii)Mr. Rogers, Mr. Giannini, their respective Permitted Transferees, and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries cease collectively to maintain direct or indirect beneficial ownership of an aggregate of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock;
(iii)both Mr. Rogers and Mr. Giannini have voluntarily terminated their employment and all directorships with Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“HLA”) and the Corporation (other than by reason of disability, incapacity or retirement, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or death); or
(iv)the occurrence of the later of March 31, 2027 or the end of the fiscal year in which occurs the fifth anniversary of the death of the second to die of Mr. Rogers and Mr. Giannini.
A Sunset pursuant to clause (iv) of this section shall become effective at the close of business on the latest date to occur as contemplated thereby. The events set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this section shall be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter. If the event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this section has occurred as of the end of the first or second fiscal quarter of a fiscal year, the Sunset shall become effective at the close of business on the last day of that fiscal year. If the event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this section has occurred as of the end of the third or fourth fiscal quarter of a fiscal year, the Sunset shall become effective at the close of business on the last day of the next succeeding fiscal year. Notwithstanding the prior two sentences, if a voluntary termination occurs pursuant to clause (iii) of this section as to only one of Mr. Rogers and Mr. Giannini that (A) precedes the death of the other, then the Sunset shall become effective as if the voluntary termination was a prior death pursuant to clause (iv) of this

3



section; or (B) follows the death of the other, then the Sunset shall become effective as if the prior death was a voluntary termination pursuant to clause (iii). For clarity, if a Sunset is triggered under multiple clauses of this section, the Sunset will become effective at the close of business on whichever effective date would first occur under the respective triggered clauses.
(c)    Unless otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.
3.2    Dividend Rights. Subject to the preferential dividend or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock, dividends and distributions may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid on or made in respect of the Class A Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation, dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid in respect of the Class B Common Stock.
3.3    Liquidation Rights. Subject to the preferential liquidation or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the distribution of all assets of the Corporation available for distribution, but the aggregate distribution to the holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be limited to the aggregate par value of such holders’ then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.
3.4    No Redemption; Cancellation. The Class A Common Stock is not redeemable. The Class B Common Stock may be redeemed and cancelled only in exchange for payment of its par value on and subject to the terms and conditions contemplated by Section 3.6(b) and Section 3.7 and in the HLA LLC Agreement and the Exchange Agreement.
3.5    No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock, solely by virtue of such holder's status as such, shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.
3.6    Exchange.
(a)    HLA has issued interests designated as “Class B Units” (each, a “Class B Unit”) and “Class C Units” (each, a “Class C Unit”) pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of its Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “HLA LLC Agreement”). Each holder of Class B Units is referred to herein as a “Class B Holder” and each holder of Class C Units is referred to herein as a “Class C Holder.”
(b)    Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement by and among the Corporation, HLA, the Class B Holders and the Class C Holders (the “Exchange Agreement”), each Class B Holder has the right to surrender a Class B Unit, together with one share of Class B Common Stock, to HLA in exchange for one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A

4



Common Stock (or the cash equivalent) and the par value of the share of Class B Common Stock surrendered on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the HLA LLC Agreement and the Exchange Agreement. Simultaneously with the issuance of Class A Common Stock to a Class B Holder as contemplated by the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall cancel each share of Class B Common Stock tendered in exchange for payment in cash of the par value of such cancelled share.
(c)    Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, each Class C Holder has the right to surrender a Class C Unit to HLA in exchange for one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock (or the cash equivalent) on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the HLA LLC Agreement and the Exchange Agreement.
3.7    Conversion; Retirement. Under certain circumstances set forth in the HLA LLC Agreement, a Class B Unit may be converted into a Class C Unit. Upon notice from HLA of such a conversion, the Corporation shall cancel the number of shares of Class B Common Stock registered in the name of the applicable holder that is equal to the number of Class B Units so converted in exchange for payment in cash to such holder of the aggregate par value of such cancelled shares. If any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a concurrent holder of a Class B Unit (including a transferee of a Class B Unit), such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired.
3.8    No Further Issuances of Class B Common Stock. Except for the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification or similar transaction in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not at any time after the filing and effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock.
3.9    Reservation of Stock. The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the exchange of Class B Units and Class C Units, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as will from time to time be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding Class B Units and Class C Units for Class A Common Stock.
3.10    Protective Provisions.
(a)    So long as any shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive Section 3 of this ARTICLE IV (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), without first obtaining the approval of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by the General Corporation Law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Bylaws”).
(b)    Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class only with respect to amendments to this Certificate of Incorporation that

5



increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
4.    Reclassifications, Mergers and other Transactions.
4.1    Proportional Treatment. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides, combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class shall, concurrently therewith, be subdivided, combined, or reclassified in the same proportion and manner such that the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification is preserved, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class. In either case, the Corporation shall cause HLA to make corresponding changes to the Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units to give effect to such subdivision, combination or reclassification.
4.2    Maintenance.
(a)    The Corporation shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, a reclassification, dividend, subdivision, combination or recapitalization, with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (i) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Hamilton Lane Incorporated 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), and any other equity incentive plan adopted by the Corporation from time to time, that have not vested thereunder, (ii) treasury stock and (iii) shares of Class A Common Stock that relate to Preferred Stock or other debt or equity securities (including, without limitation, warrants, options and rights) issued by the Corporation that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock. The shares of Class A Common Stock referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of the foregoing sentence are referred to herein as the “Excluded Class A Common Stock.”
(b)    The Corporation shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, a reclassification, dividend, subdivision, combination or recapitalization, with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class B Units owned by all Class B Holders and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock owned by all Class B Holders.
(c)    The Corporation shall not issue, transfer or deliver from treasury stock or repurchase shares of Class A Common Stock unless in connection with any such issuance, transfer, delivery or repurchase the Corporation takes or authorizes all requisite action such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries or repurchases, the number of Class A Units owned by the Corporation will equal on a one-for-one basis the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, the Excluded Class A Common Stock.

6



(d)    The Corporation shall not consolidate, merge, combine or consummate any other transaction in which shares of Class A Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, or the right to receive cash and/or any other property, unless in connection with any such consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction each Class B Unit and Class C Unit shall be entitled to be exchanged for or converted into the same kind and amount of stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Class A Common Stock is exchanged or converted. This Section 4.2(d) shall not apply to any action or transaction (including any consolidation, merger or combination) approved by (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class C Units, voting together as if such Class C Units were fully exchanged for Class A Common Stock, and (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, each of (i) and (ii) voting as separate classes.
ARTICLE V MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
1.    Director Powers. Except as otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
2.    Number of Directors. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the total number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors (the “Whole Board”) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
3.    Classified Board. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, hereby designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The initial term of office of the Class I directors will expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s Initial Public Offering; the initial term of office of the Class II directors will expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering; and the initial term of office of the Class III directors will expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire will be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE V, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification. If the number of directors divided into classes is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable; provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

7



4.    Removal; Vacancies. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), any director serving in Class I, Class II or Class III may be removed from office, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of such directors, voting together as a single class, provided that before a Sunset becomes effective, any or all such directors may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of such directors, voting together as a single class. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) and of any stockholders under the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), and except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors, whether by death, resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification or for any other reason, and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors (although less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. A person elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification.
5.    Preferred Stock Directors. During any period when the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock have the special right to elect additional directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (a) the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (b) each such additional director shall serve until the next annual meeting for the election of such director and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, except as otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to this Certification of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the terms of office of all such additional directors shall forthwith terminate, such additional directors shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, directors of the Corporation, and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.
6.    Vote by Ballot. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws.

8




ARTICLE VI LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
1.    Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.
2.    Indemnification; Advancement of Expenses. In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, powers, privileges, and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the General Corporation Law or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the indemnification of current and former directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, and of any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any such person, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the General Corporation Law and this Certificate of Incorporation shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
3.    Vested Rights. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE VI, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE VI, shall eliminate, adversely affect or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE VI in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this ARTICLE VI, would accrue or arise) prior to such amendment or repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE VII MATTERS RELATING TO STOCKHOLDERS
1.    Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. So long as the Class B Common Stock represents a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding Common Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon

9



were present and voted. At such time that the Class B Common Stock ceases to represent a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable Certificate of Designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.
2.    Annual Meeting of Stockholders. An annual meeting of stockholders, for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.
3.    Special Meeting of Stockholders. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) and of any stockholders under the Stockholders Agreement, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by a majority of the Whole Board or the Chairman of the Board, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at special meetings of stockholders will be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
4.    Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) and of any stockholders under the Stockholders Agreement, advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation will be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
5.    Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.
5.1    Opt Out. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law.
5.2    Applicable Restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which any class of the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
(a)prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
(b)upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least eighty-

10



five percent (85%) of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors of the Corporation and also officers of the Corporation or (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
(c)at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
5.3    Certain Definitions. For purposes of Section 5.2 of this ARTICLE VII, references to:
(a)    “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
(b)    “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.
(c)    “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:
(i)    any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 5.2 of this ARTICLE VII is not applicable to the surviving entity;
(ii)    any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

11



(iii)    any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of such stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under clauses (c) through (e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);
(iv)    any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or
(v)    any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i) through (iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
(d)    “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Section 5 of ARTICLE VII, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.
(e)    “family group” means, for any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, lineal descendants (including adopted children and the children of such spouse) and the spouses of such descendants, and any trust, limited partnership, corporation or

12



limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, descendants or the spouses of such descendants.
(f)    “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that the term “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) any Principal Holder, Principal Holder Direct Transferee or Principal Holder Indirect Transferee, (b) a stockholder that becomes an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that such stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership or (c) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, that such person specified in this clause (c) shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(g)    “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:
(i)    beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or
(ii)    has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

13



(iii)    has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.
(h)    “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.
(i)    “Principal Holders” means, collectively, (a) HLA Investments, LLC (along with its successors in interests, “HLAI”), (b) each affiliate of HLAI, other than the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or (c) any “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (or any successor provisions thereto) that includes HLAI.
(j)    “Principal Holder Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from a Principal Holder beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(k)    “Principal Holder Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Principal Holder Direct Transferee or any other Principal Holder Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(l)    “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.
(m)    “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of that entity.

ARTICLE VIII CHOICE OF FORUM
Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director or officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or holding or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE VIII.


14



ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.

ARTICLE X AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
To the fullest extent permitted by law, if any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate of Incorporation, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Certificate of Incorporation with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
*                        *                        *





15




WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 6th day of March, 2017.

HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
Title: Secretary



EX-10.1 3 hlexhibit101.htm EXHIBIT 10.1 Exhibit

EXHIBIT 10.1


FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C.

Dated as of March 6, 2017




THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.



 
 
Page
ARTICLE 1.
CONTINUATION OF THE COMPANY
1.1
Continuation of the Company
1.2
Name
1.3
Business of the Company
1.4
Location of Principal Place of Business
1.5
Ownership of Assets
1.6
Fiscal Year
1.7
Term
1.8
Governing Law
 
 
 
ARTICLE 2.
DEFINITIONS
2.1
Definitions
2.2
Voting of Units Owned by Management LLC
2.3
Rules of Interpretation
 
 
 
ARTICLE 3.
CAPITALIZATION
3.1
Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedule of Members
3.2
Reclassifications, Issuances, Redemptions, and Adjustments of Units
3.3
Certificates
3.4
Adjustments
3.5
Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units
3.6
Repurchase or Redemption of Class A Common Stock
3.7
Changes in Common Stock
 
 
 
ARTICLE 4.
CAPITAL; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
4.1
Capital Contributions
4.2
No Interest on Capital Contributions
4.3
Withdrawal and Return of Capital Contributions
4.4
Capital Accounts
 
 
 
ARTICLE 5.
ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS
5.1
Allocations of Net Income and Net Losses
5.2
Special Allocations
5.3
Allocations for Income Tax Purposes
5.4
Tax Withholding and Entity-Level Taxes
5.5
Allocations to Transferred Interests
 
 
 
ARTICLE 6.
DISTRIBUTIONS
6.1
Distributions

i



6.2
Successors
6.3
Distributions In-Kind
6.4
Tax Distributions
 
 
 
ARTICLE 7.
BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, RECORDS AND REPORTS, TAXABLE YEAR, TAX MATTERS
7.1
Books and Records
7.2
Annual Reports
7.3
Tax Elections
7.4
Taxable Year
7.5
Tax Matters Partner
 
 
 
ARTICLE 8.
POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBERS
8.1
Limitations
8.2
Liability
8.3
Priority
8.4
Member Standard of Care
 
 
 
ARTICLE 9.
MANAGEMENT
9.1
The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
9.2
Officers
9.3
Indemnification of the Managing Member, Officers and Agents
9.4
Certain Costs and Expenses
9.5
Insurance
 
 
 
ARTICLE 10.
TRANSFERS OF INTEREST BY MEMBERS
10.1
Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Members
10.2
Transfer of Interest of Members
10.3
Further Requirements
10.4
Exchange; Take Along, Tag-Along Rights
10.5
Automatic Conversion
10.6
Consequences of Transfers Generally
10.7
Capital Account; Percentage Interest
10.8
Additional Filings
ARTICLE 11.
RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS; TERMINATION OF COMPANY; LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS
11.1
Resignation of Members
11.2
Dissolution of the Company
11.3
Distribution in Liquidation
11.4
Final Reports

ii



11.5
Rights of Members
11.6
Deficit Restoration
11.7
Termination
 
 
 
ARTICLE 12.
NOTICES AND CONSENT OF MEMBERS
12.1
Notices
12.2
Consents and Approvals
 
 
 
ARTICLE 13.
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
13.1
Amendments
13.2
Amendment of Certificate
13.3
Power of Attorney
 
 
 
ARTICLE 14.
MISCELLANEOUS
14.1
Agreement for Further Execution
14.2
Governing Law; Jurisdiction
14.3
Severability
14.4
Entire Agreement
14.5
Indulgences, Etc
14.6
Binding Nature of Agreement; Assignment
14.7
Counterparts
14.8
Headings
14.9
Number of Days
14.1
Interpretation
14.11
No Third Party Beneficiaries
14.12
Waiver of Partition
14.13
Waiver of Judicial Dissolution
14.14
Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury
14.15
Non-Occurrence of IPO


iii


FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C.
This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C. (the “Company”), dated as of March 6, 2017, is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the members listed on the Schedule of Members (as defined below), and shall be effective as of the Effective Time, subject to Section 14.15 below. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.1.
RECITALS

WHEREAS, Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. was originally formed as a Pennsylvania limited liability company on May 12, 1998 under the Act);
WHEREAS, on December 10, 2003, the Members of the Company at that time entered into a Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated June 30, 2010;
WHEREAS, on February 28, 2012, the Members of the Company at that time entered into the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company (the “Third A&R Operating Agreement”);
WHEREAS, Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“HLI”), and the Company intend to enter into an underwriting agreement (a) to issue and sell to the several underwriters named therein shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of HLI (the “Class A Common Stock”), (b) to make a public offering of those shares of Class A Common Stock ((a) and (b), collectively, the “IPO”), and (c) to contribute the proceeds of the IPO to the Company in exchange for newly-issued Class A Interests of the Company;
WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the current Members of the Company desire to amend and restate the Third A&R Operating Agreement to be effective from and after the Effective Time, and to, among other things:
(i)    provide for the contribution of the proceeds of the IPO to the Company;
(ii)    designate HLI as the sole manager of the Company (the “Managing Member”);
(iii)    create a class of Units designated as Class A Units and issue those Units to HLI in consideration of the contribution by HLI of the net proceeds of the IPO to the Company, less amounts used to fund the purchases described in clause (vii) below;

1


(iv)    reclassify the Company’s existing Class A Interests and Class C Interests (each as defined in the Third A&R Operating Agreement) as Class B and Class C Units, respectively;
(v)    adjust the numbers of reclassified Class B and Class C Units by the operation of the Conversion Ratio as set forth in Section 3.2 below;
(vi)    redeem and cancel any fractional Class B or Class C Units created by application of the Conversion Ratio, for cash using a portion of the proceeds from the IPO;
(vii)    cause the Managing Member to purchase from each of the Members whose names are set forth on Annex A the respective numbers of Class B and Class C Units set forth thereon;
(viii)    change and reclassify any Class B or Class C Units acquired by the Managing Member pursuant to the preceding clause into Class A Units; and
(ix)    cause each Member holding Class B Units to acquire one share of Class B Common Stock for each Class B Unit held for consideration of $0.001 per share.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.     CONTINUATION OF THE COMPANY
1.1    Continuation of the Company. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Department of State of Pennsylvania on May 12, 1998. The Members hereby agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under the Act for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth to give effect to, authorize, and memorialize the transactions occurring in connection with the IPO and to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of that provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.
1.2    Name. The name of the Company is “Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C.,” as that name may be modified from time to time by the Managing Member as it may deem advisable.
1.3    Business of the Company. Subject to the limitations on the activities of the Company otherwise specified in this Agreement, the purpose and business of the Company shall be the conduct of any business or activity that may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act. The Company shall have all the powers permitted by law which

2


are necessary or desirable to carry out the purpose and business of the Company, including, but not limited to, the powers to do the following:
(a)    transact business in any state or nation in which the Company may lawfully act, for itself or as principal, agent or representative for any Person;
(b)    enter into, make, perform and carry out, or cancel and rescind, contracts and other obligations for any lawful purpose;
(c)    apply for, register, obtain, purchase or otherwise acquire trademarks, trade names, labels and designs relating to or useful in connection with any business of the Company, and to use, exercise, develop and license the use of the same;
(d)    employ on behalf of the Company legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors with respect to any business of the Company;
(e)    compromise, submit to arbitration, sue on, and defend claims in favor of or against the Company; and
(f)    exercise all of the general rights, privileges and powers permitted by the provisions of the Act, as adopted or hereafter amended or supplemented.
1.4    Location of Principal Place of Business. The location of the principal place of business of the Company is One Presidential Boulevard, Fourth Floor, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004 or such other location as may be determined by the Managing Member. In addition, the Company may maintain such other offices as the Managing Member may deem advisable at any other place or places within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
1.5    Ownership of Assets. The Company shall hold all of its assets in the name of the Company and not in the name of any Member. No Member shall have any ownership interest in the Company’s assets.
1.6    Fiscal Year. The Company’s fiscal year shall be set by the Managing Member from time to time.
1.7    Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date of filing of the Certificate, and shall be perpetual unless the Company is earlier dissolved and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
1.8    Governing Law. The Company elects to be subject to the Pennsylvania Uniform Limited Liability Company Act of 2016 effective as of February 21, 2017.

3


ARTICLE 2.     DEFINITIONS
2.1    Definitions. The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings.
Act” means, with respect to a date or period of time before February 21, 2017, the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company Law of 1994, 15 Pa. C.S. Chapter 89. With respect to a date or period of time on or after February 21, 2017, the term means the Pennsylvania Uniform Limited Liability Company Act of 2016, 15 Pa. C.S. Chapter 88.
Adjusted Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the Member’s Capital Account (x) increased by the sum of (A) the amount of the Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain, (B) the amount of the Member’s share of Member Minimum Gain and (C) any amount of the deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account that the Member is treated as obligated to restore pursuant to Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) and (y) decreased by reasonably expected adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Regulation sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6). This definition shall be interpreted consistently with Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such particular Person. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, either through the ownership of a majority of such Person’s voting stock, by contract or otherwise.
Agreement” means this Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
Assignees” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(e).
Assumed Tax Rate” means a rate determined by the Managing Member for the applicable Taxable Year, which shall equal the highest effective combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate (taking into account any self-employment tax or tax imposed by Code section 1411) applicable during such Taxable Year to a natural person residing in or corporation doing business in New York, New York or in San Francisco, California (after giving effect to any differences in rates applicable to ordinary income and capital gains and any U.S. federal income tax deduction for such state and local income taxes).

4


Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning given to the term “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close in New York City, New York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the account maintained by the Company with respect to such Member in accordance with Section 4.4.
Capital Contribution” means any contribution (whether in cash, property or a combination thereof) to the capital of the Company.
Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all ownership interests in a limited liability company, partnership or other Person (other than a corporation), and any and all securities, warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire, or that are convertible into, any of the foregoing.
Cause” shall mean, in the case of a Management LLC Member that has an effective employment agreement or consulting agreement with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company at the time of termination of employment, the meaning ascribed to it in that employment or consulting agreement, and in the case of any other Management LLC Member, the following:
(a)    fraud or dishonesty in connection with the Management LLC Member’s employment or service, or theft, misappropriation or embezzlement of HLI’s, the Company’s and/or any Affiliate’s funds or other property;
(b)    conviction or indictment of the Management LLC Member or the entering of a plea of nolo contendere by the Management LLC Member with respect to any felony, crime involving fraud or misrepresentation, or any other crime (whether or not such felony or crime is connected with his or her employment or service) the effect of which in the judgment of the board of directors of HLI is likely to affect, materially and adversely, HLI, the Company and/or any Affiliate thereof;
(c)    abuse of alcohol or other drugs which materially interferes with the performance by the Management LLC Member of his or her duties, or the use by the Management LLC Member of any illegal drugs or narcotics; or 

5


(d)    the Management LLC Member's engaging in any Competition or breaching any non-competition agreement applicable to him or her while employed by, or providing services to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
Certificate” means the Certificate of Organization of the Company, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
Change in Control of HLI ” means the occurrence after the Effective Date of any of the following events:
(a)    any Person (excluding HLAI) or group as defined in Regulation 13D under the Exchange Act (excluding any group that includes HLAI or consists solely of persons who are parties to the Stockholders’ Agreement) becomes after the date hereof the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of HLI representing 50% or more of HLI’s then outstanding voting securities other than in a Qualified Sale Transaction;
(b)    the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation other than in a Qualified Sale Transaction, unless immediately following that reorganization, merger or consolidation, all of the Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of HLI immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such transaction;
(c)    during any period of two consecutive years, not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of HLI (including for this purpose any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election of HLI stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of that Board of Directors; or
(d)    the stockholders of HLI approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of HLI or an agreement for the sale or disposition by HLI of all or substantially all of HLI’s assets and business other than in a Qualified Sale Transaction.
Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Class A Units” means the Class A common units of membership interest in the Company.
Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of HLI.

6


Class B Units” means the Class B common units of membership interest in the Company.
Class C Units” means the Class C common units of membership interest in the Company.
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Common Stock” means the shares of Class A Common Stock, including any shares of capital stock into which Class A Common Stock may be converted (as a result of a recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or that are issued with respect to Class A Common Stock (including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security).
Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(2).
Competition” shall mean any of the following activities:
(a)    engaging in, working for, providing services to, participating in the ownership, management, or operation of, or having a financial interest in any business engaged in the same or similar activities to those now or hereinafter carried on by the Company or any Affiliate (other than as a passive owner of not more than one percent of the outstanding publicly traded stock of any company in such business);
(b)    interfering with the relationship of the Company or Affiliate and any of its employees (including, but not limited to, causing or helping another business to hire any employee of the Company or any Affiliate);
(c)    directly or indirectly diverting (or attempting to divert) from the Company or any Affiliate any business in which the Company or any Affiliate has been actively engaged;
(d)    interfering with the  relationship of the Company or any Affiliate with any of their respective clients or prospective clients; or
(e)    disclosing (except in the good-faith performance of services to the Company or any Affiliate) to any Person (other than an employee of the Company or any Affiliate), or using for himself or herself, any confidential proprietary information belonging to or relating to the Company or any Affiliate.

7


Conversion Ratio” means the ratio that is equal to the fraction of which (x) the numerator is the number that is obtained by dividing the Implied Value of the Company at the Effective Time by the aggregate number of Class A and Class C Interests (as defined in the Third A&R Operating Agreement) then outstanding and (y) the denominator is the Offering Price.
Depreciation” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” under paragraph (e) therein.
Distribution” means each distribution after the Effective Date made by the Company to a Member, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company, pursuant to Article 6.
Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Effective Time” means the moment in time immediately preceding the closing of the IPO.
Equity Incentive Plan” means the Hamilton Lane Incorporated 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.
Exchange” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Exchange Agreement.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, effective on or about the Effective Date, among the Company, HLI and the Company Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Fair Market Value” means, except as otherwise provided for herein, as of any given date of determination, the cash price, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member using any reasonable method of valuation and taking into account any relevant facts and circumstances then prevailing and in accordance with this Agreement, at which a willing seller would sell, and a willing buyer would buy, each being apprised of all relevant facts and neither acting under compulsion, such assets or properties in an arm’s-length negotiated transaction with an unaffiliated third party without time constraints.
Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
(a)    the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of the contribution;

8


(b)    the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective Fair Market Values as of the following times:
(i)    (A) HLI’s acquisition of an interest in the Company in exchange for HLI’s Capital Contribution on the Effective Date and (B) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company after the Effective Date by a new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution;
(ii)    the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by an existing or a new Member acting in a “partner capacity,” or in anticipation of becoming a “partner” (in each case within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(5)(iii);
(iii)    the Distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and
(iv)    the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g).
except that such adjustments at the time of any event described in (i)(B), (ii) or (iii) shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that they are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company.
(c)    the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to a Member shall be the Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of Distribution;
(d)    the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code section 734(b) or Code section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this definition of Gross Asset Value is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d); and
(e)    with respect to any asset that has a Gross Asset Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Gross Asset Value shall be adjusted by the amount of Depreciation rather than any other depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery method.
HLAI” means HLA Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

9


HLI” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Implied Value” means the value of the Company that is implicit in the Offering Price, before giving effect to underwriting discounts and costs and expenses of the IPO.
Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a).
Interest” when used in reference to an interest in the Company, means the entire ownership interest of a Member in the Company at any particular time, including the Member’s interest in the capital, income, gains, losses, deductions, expenses and distributions of the Company and the Member’s governance rights.
IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c).
Major Management Holder” means any Management LLC Member (together with his or her successors-in-interest) that is a party to the Stockholders Agreement, effective at the Effective Time, among the Company, the Managing Member and certain of the Management LLC Members.
Management LLC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Management LLC Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2. A Management LLC Member will continue to meet such definition even if Management LLC distributes Units to be held directly by such Person rather than through Management LLC.
Managing Member” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Member” means each of the Persons listed on the Schedule of Members and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as such term is defined in the Act) of the Company. Any reference in this Agreement to any Member shall include a Substituted Member to the extent such Substituted Member was admitted to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Member Minimum Gain” means minimum gain attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i).
Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth for the term “partner nonrecourse debt” in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(4).
Member’s Owners” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

10


Membership Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
Net Income” or “Net Loss” means, for each Taxable Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Taxable Year or other period, determined in accordance with Code section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code section 703(a)(1) shall be included in such taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:
(a)    any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
(b)    any expenditures of the Company described in Code section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
(c)    in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;
(d)    gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;
(e)    in lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, with respect to a Company asset having a Gross Asset Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes, “Depreciation” with respect to such asset shall be computed by reference to the asset’s Gross Asset Value in accordance with Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g);
(f)    to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code section 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

11


(g)    any item of income, gain, credit, loss, deduction or expenditure allocated under Section 5.2 shall be excluded from the computation of Net Income and Net Loss.
Net Proceeds” means, when applied to any sale of securities by HLI, the gross proceeds to HLI from the sale less any underwriting or similar discounts or commissions and all bona fide out-of-pocket expenses of HLI, the Company and their respective subsidiaries in connection with such issuance to the extent such commissions or expenses are to be paid by HLI.
Offering Price” means the price at which shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to the public in the IPO pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
Officer” and “Officers” have the meanings set forth in Section 9.2(a).
PAUCC” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
Percentage Interest” means, with respect to each Member, as of the applicable date of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the total number of Units held by all Members.
Person” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, trust or other entity.
Permitted Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).
Qualified Sale Transaction” means a sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated business, operations, and assets of HLI, HLAI, the Company, and their respective Subsidiaries in one transaction or a series of related transactions that is structured (whether by way of merger, combination, reorganization or similar transaction) to include a sale or transfer to the purchaser of Units of the Company and interests in the Management LL or HLAI to any of (a) a bona fide third party, unaffiliated purchaser, (b) HLAI, or (c) a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended to date (or any successor provisions thereto) that includes HLAI or consists solely of Persons (excluding Management LLC) who were parties on the Closing Date to the Stockholders’ Agreement, effective as of the date hereof, by and among HLI, HLAI, Management LLC, and the other Persons party thereto, that, in any case, is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of HLI.
Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods” means the two, three, and four calendar month periods with respect to which Federal quarterly estimated tax payments are made. The first such period begins on January 1 and ends on March 31. The second such period begins on April 1 and ends on May 31. The third such period begins on June 1 and ends on August 31. The fourth such period begins on September 1 and ends on December 31.

12


Regulation” means a Treasury Regulation promulgated under the Code.
Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(g).
Schedule of Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Stockholders Agreement” means that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by and among HLI, the Company, HLAI, and certain other Persons party thereto.
Substituted Member” means any Person admitted to the Company as a substituted Member pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.
Take-along right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(b) .
Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.
Tax Receivable Agreement” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, effective on or about the Effective Date, among the Company, HLI, and the HLA Members (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Taxable Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
Third A&R Operating Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Transfer,” “Transferee” and “Transferor” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 10.1.
True-Up Amount” means, in respect of a particular U.S. federal income tax year of the Company, an amount equal to (x) the greater of (A) the product of (i) the taxable income of the Company for such tax year (determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Code section 743(b) and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Code section 743(a)) multiplied by (ii) the Assumed Tax Rate or (B) the actual total amount described in clause (2) of Section 5.4(a) minus (y) the aggregate amount of distributions made in respect of such tax year (treating any Tax Distribution made with respect to income for such tax year, regardless of when

13


made, and any distribution other than a Tax Distribution made during such tax year, as being made in respect of such tax year).
Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
Void Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
Withdrawing Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(e).
2.2    Voting of Units Owned by Management LLC. For purposes of calculating voting majorities hereunder, HL Management Investors, LLC (“Management LLC”) shall be entitled to divide its vote and each of the members of Management LLC listed on the Schedule of Members (each, a “Management LLC Member”) shall be entitled to vote, on behalf of Management LLC, a portion of the Units held by Management LLC equal to the percentage set forth opposite such Management LLC Member’s name on the Schedule of Members of the Units held by Management LLC (as such portion of the Schedule of Members may be amended upon notice from Management LLC).
2.3    Rules of Interpretation. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires: (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (b) “or” is not exclusive; (c) wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, feminine or neuter shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter; (d) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; (e) all references in this Agreement to “include” or “including” or similar expressions shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”; (f) all references in this Agreement to designated “Articles,” “Sections,” “paragraphs,” “clauses” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and other subdivisions of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, paragraph, clause or other subdivision; and (g) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein). This Agreement is among financially sophisticated and knowledgeable parties and is entered into by the parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained herein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party who prepared, or caused the preparation of, this Agreement or the relative bargaining power of the parties.


14


ARTICLE 3.     CAPITALIZATION
3.1    Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedule of Members.
(a)    Each Member’s Interest in the Company shall be represented by Units of limited liability company interest (each, a “Unit”). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Exchange Agreement or the Tax Receivable Agreement, all Units shall have identical rights and privileges in all respects.
(b)    At the closing of the IPO after giving effect to the transactions described in Section 3.2 below, the Company shall have three classes of Units: Class A Units, all of which shall be held by HLI, and Class B and Class C Units, all of which shall be held by the other Members.
(c)    No Unit shall have any right to vote on any matter except as expressly provided for in Sections 12.2 and 13.1 of this Operating Agreement, required by the Act, or as expressly specified in any amendment hereto. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Operating Agreement or in any amendment hereto, all interests having a right to vote on any matter shall vote as a single class, and each Unit shall have one vote on each such matter.
(d)    Each Class B Unit shall be associated with and stapled to one share of HLI’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Upon any acquisition of Class B Units, each Member acquiring such Units shall purchase from HLI, concurrently with the acquisition of Class B Units, one share of HLI Class B Common Stock for the consideration of $0.001 per share for each Class B Unit acquired. Upon any surrender, redemption or conversion of any such Class B Unit, the holder thereof shall concurrently surrender to HLI the associated Class B Common Share in exchange for payment by HLI of the par value thereof.
(e)    Each Member’s Interest shall be personal property for all purposes.
(f)    The aggregate number of outstanding Units and the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that have been made by the Members and the Fair Market Value of Capital Contributions in the form of any property other than cash contributed by the Members with respect to the Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company in connection with a contribution of cash or property in respect of Units or to which contributed property is subject) shall be set forth on a schedule maintained by the Company. The Company shall also maintain a schedule setting forth (i) the name and address of each Member, (ii) the number and class of Units owned by that Member, and (iii) with respect to each Transfer permitted under this Agreement, the date of the Transfer, the number of Units Transferred and the identity of the Transferor and Transferee(s) of them (such schedule, the “Schedule of Members”). The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit or other Capital Stock of the Company and all relevant information with respect to

15


each Member. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units or other Capital Stock of the Company for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units or other Capital Stock of the Company on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act.
3.2    Reclassifications, Issuances, Redemptions, and Adjustments of Units.
(a)    At the Effective Time:
(i)    All Class A Interests (as defined in the Third A&R Operating Agreement) then outstanding and held by each Member shall be converted and changed into the number of Class B Units that is equal to the number obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Class A Interests held by that Member by (y) the Conversion Ratio; and
(ii)    All Class C Interests (as defined in the Third A&R Operating Agreement) then outstanding and held by each Member shall be changed and converted into the number of Class C Units that is equal to the number obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Class C Interests held by that Member by (y) the Conversion Ratio; and
(iii)    The Members whose names are set forth on Annex A hereto shall exchange the numbers of Class C and Class B Units set forth next to their respective names on that Annex for shares of Class A Common Stock of HLI at an exchange ratio of one for one. No fractional Units shall be exchanged.
(iv)    The actions contemplated by Sections 3.2(a)(i) and 3.2(a)(ii) shall occur simultaneously and without further action on the part of any Person. For clarity, Article IX of the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement shall not apply to any of the transactions described in this Section 3.2.
(b)    At the Closing of the IPO:
(i)    HLI shall contribute to the Company all of the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and amounts to be used to purchase Units as set forth in clause (iv) below) of the IPO;
(ii)    The Company shall issue to HLI in consideration of the contribution of the proceeds received by HLI from the IPO the number of Class A Units necessary to cause the total number of Class A Units held by HLI to be equal to the total number of then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of HLI;

16


(iii)    All fractional Class B and Class C Units created by the operation of the Conversion Ratio will be repurchased by the Company using a portion of the proceeds of the IPO and upon their purchase canceled and retired;
(iv)    HLI shall purchase, using a portion of the proceeds of the IPO, from each of the Persons set forth on Annex A the number of Class B and Class C Units set forth next to their names thereon at a purchase price that is equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the IPO; and
(v)    Each Class B and Class C Unit purchased pursuant to the preceding clause (iv) shall, immediately upon its acquisition by HLI, be converted and changed, without further action by any Person, into one Class A Unit;
(vi)    Concurrently, each Member holding Class B Units shall purchase the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that is equal to the number of Class B Units held by such Member after giving effect to all of the preceding transactions.
(c)    All of the then outstanding Units when issued and paid for as described above, shall be validly issued and the holders of such Units shall have no obligation to make any further payments for the purchase of the Units or contributions to the Company solely by reason of their ownership of Units.
3.3    Certificates.
(a)    The Company may (but shall not be required to), in the discretion of the Managing Member, issue one or more certificates to the Members to evidence the Units in the forms attached as Annex B (each, a “Membership Certificate”). Each certificate representing a Unit shall (i) be signed on behalf of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Secretary of the Company and (ii) set forth the number of such Units represented thereby. In case the Officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such Membership Certificate shall have ceased to be an Officer of the Company before such Membership Certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an Officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The Membership Certificate shall contain a legend with respect to applicable restrictions on transfer.
(b)    The Company shall issue a new Membership Certificate in place of any Membership Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Units in the Company represented by such Membership Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:
(i)    makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that such previously issued Membership Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;

17


(ii)    requests the issuance of a new Membership Certificate before the Company has notice that such previously issued Membership Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
(iii)    if requested by the Company, delivers to the Company a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, with such surety or sureties as the Company may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Membership Certificate; and
(iv)    satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company.
(c)    Each Unit in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “PAUCC”) (including Section 8102(a)), and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the PAUCC, such provision of Article 8 of the PAUCC shall be controlling. Any Membership Certificate evidencing Units shall bear the legend referencing Article 8 of the PAUCC set forth on Annex B hereto. No change to this provision or that legend shall be effective until all outstanding Membership Certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and reissuance.
3.4    Adjustments. In the event of a dividend, split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, interest exchange, division, combination, exchange of all or any class of Units of the Company, liquidation, spin-off, or other change in organizational structure affecting the Units (including any conversion of the Company to a corporation, whether by merger, filing of a statement of conversion or otherwise), the number and class of Units shall be appropriately adjusted for the benefit of Members by the Managing Member.
3.5    Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units.
(a)    The Company shall have the authority to issue an unlimited number of Units.
(b)    The Managing Member is authorized to (i) issue additional Units, (ii) create additional classes of Units, (iii) subdivide the Units of any such class into one or more series, (iv) fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the Units of each such class or series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and (v) subject to Article 13,

18


amend this Agreement to reflect such actions and the resulting designations, powers, and relative preferences and rights of all the classes and series thereafter authorized under this Agreement.
(c)    The authority of the Managing Member with respect to each such class and series created in accordance with this Section 3.5 shall include establishing the following: (i) the number of Units or securities constituting that class or series and the distinctive designation thereof, (ii) whether or not the Units or securities of such class or series shall be redeemable, and if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per Unit or security payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates, (iii) the rights and preferences of the Units or securities of that class or series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, (iv) the relative rights of priority, if any, of allocations of income or loss or of payment with respect to Units or securities of that class or series and (v) any other relative rights, preferences and limitation of that class or series.
(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, however: following the IPO and the consummation of the transactions described above in Section 3.2, no additional Class B Units or Class C Units shall be issued by the Company, except in connection with issuances permitted by Sections 3.4 and 3.7 below, and Class A Units may be issued only to HLI in accordance with Sections 3.5(e) and (f).
(e)    If, following the IPO, HLI issues shares of Class A Common Stock (other than an issuance of the type covered by Section 3.5(f) or pursuant to the Exchange Agreement), unless such net proceeds are used to purchase Units from Members, HLI shall promptly contribute to the Company all the net proceeds and property (if any) received by HLI with respect to such Class A Common Stock. Upon the contribution by HLI to the Company of all (but not less than all) of such net proceeds and property (if any) so received by HLI, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to issue a number of Class A Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so issued, registered in the name of HLI, such that, at all times, the number of Class A Units held by HLI equals the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
(f)    At any time that HLI issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock under the Equity Incentive Plan or any other equity incentive program, whether such share or shares are issued upon exercise (including cashless exercise) of an option, settlement of a restricted stock unit, as restricted stock or otherwise, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to issue to HLI an equal number of Class A Units, registered in the name of HLI; provided that HLI shall be required to contribute all (but not less than all) the net proceeds and property (if any) received by HLI from or otherwise in connection with such issuance of one or more shares of Class A Common Stock, including the exercise price of any option exercised, to

19


the Company. If any such shares of Class A Common Stock so issued by HLI in connection with an equity incentive program are subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the Class A Units that are issued by the Company to HLI in connection therewith in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.5(f) shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis; if any of such shares of Class A Common Stock vest or are forfeited, then an equal number of Units issued by the Company in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.5(f) shall automatically vest or be forfeited. Any cash or property held by either HLI or the Company or on either’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted Class A Common Stock that fail to vest shall be returned to the Company upon the forfeiture of such restricted Class A Common Stock.
3.6    Repurchase of Class A Common Stock. If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock are repurchased (whether by exercise of a put or call, pursuant to an open market purchase, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by HLI for cash or other consideration and subsequently cancelled or retired, then the Managing Member shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase of Class A Common Stock, to redeem an equal number of Class A Units held by HLI, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase price of the Class A Common Stock being repurchased by HLI (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the Class A Common Stock being cancelled or retired by HLI.
3.7    Changes in Common Stock. Any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of (a) Class A Common Stock shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Units to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Units owned by HLI and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or (b) Class B Common Stock shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class B Units to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class B Units and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. Any corrective action to maintain such ratios shall not be subject to a corresponding adjustment that would render the corrective action ineffective.
ARTICLE 4.     CAPITAL; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
4.1    Capital Contributions. Except as expressly provided in Section 3.5(d) and Section 3.5(f) with respect to the Managing Member and in the Exchange Agreement, no Member shall be required to make any Capital Contributions without such Member’s consent.
4.2    No Interest on Capital Contributions. No Member shall be entitled to interest on or with respect to any Capital Contribution.

20


4.3    Withdrawal and Return of Capital Contributions. Except as provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Member’s Capital Contribution or to receive distributions from the Company.
4.4    Capital Accounts.
(a)    A separate Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company, and adjustments to such Capital Accounts shall be made as follows:
(i)    A Member’s Capital Account shall be credited with any amounts of cash contributed by the Member to the Company, the Fair Market Value of any other property contributed to the Company (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to under Code section 752), the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by the Member (other than liabilities that are secured by any Company property distributed to such Member), and the Member’s allocable share of any Net Income and items of income or gain allocated to that Member; and
(ii)    A Member’s Capital Account shall be debited with the amount of cash distributed to the Member, the Fair Market Value of other Company property distributed to the Member (net of liabilities secured by such property that the Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Code section 752), the amount of any liabilities of the Member assumed by the Company (other than liabilities that are secured by property contributed by such Members), and the Member’s allocable share of Net Losses and items of loss, expense, or deduction allocated to that Member.
(b)    In connection with the issuance of Units to HLI in exchange for cash as of the Effective Date, the Capital Accounts of the existing Members shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f).
(c)    The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4 and Section 5.1 through Section 5.2 are intended to comply with section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If the Managing Member, with the advice of the Company’s tax advisors, shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are computed in order to comply with section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations, the Managing Member may make such modification to the minimum extent necessary; provided that the Members are notified in writing of such modification prior to its effective date; provided, further, that the Managing Member shall have no liability to any Member for any exercise of or failure to exercise any such discretion to make any modifications permitted under this Section 4.4.


21


ARTICLE 5.     ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS
5.1    Allocations of Net Income and Net Losses. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2, the Net Income or Net Loss (and items thereof) for each Taxable Year (or other applicable period) shall be allocated among the Members in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member, immediately after giving effect to such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the amount of the distribution that would be made to such Member if, as of the close of business on the final day of such Taxable Year (or other applicable period), (i) the Company were dissolved and terminated, (ii) its affairs were wound-up and each asset of the Company were sold for cash equal to its Gross Asset Value, (iii) all Company liabilities are satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the book value of the asset(s) securing such liability), and (iv) the net assets of the Company were distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1.
5.2    Special Allocations.
(a)    Losses, deduction and expenditures attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated in the manner required by Regulations section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in Member Minimum Gain, income and gain for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and of such character as is determined according to Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4). The preceding sentence is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.
(b)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(a), if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Member shall be allocated income and gain for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as is determined according to Regulations section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.2(b) is intended to be a “minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Regulations section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.
(c)    If any Member that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) has a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Section 5.2(a) and Section 5.2(b) but before the application of any other provision of Section 5.1, Section 5.2 and Section 5.3, then income and gain for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Member in proportion to, and to the extent of, such deficit balance. This Section 5.2(c) is intended to be a “qualified income offset” provision as described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

22


(d)    “Nonrecourse deductions” (as defined in Regulation sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and (c)) shall be allocated among the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(e)    No Net Loss (or items thereof) shall be allocated to a Member to the extent such allocation would cause or increase a deficit balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of such Member. Instead, such Net Loss (and items thereof) shall be allocated among the other Members that have positive account balances in the same ratios that such other Members are allocated Net Loss for such year under Section 5.1 until all such positive balances have been reduced to zero.
(f)    The adjustments described in clause (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m).
(g)    The allocations set forth in Section 5.2(a) through Section 5.2(f) inclusive (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of section 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Members intend to allocate Net Income and Net Loss of the Company or to make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of Section 5.1, Section 5.2 and Section 5.3, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, items of Net Income and Net Loss of the Company shall be allocated among the Members so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Account balances of the Members to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Net Income and Net Loss had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Members anticipate that this shall be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Income and Net Loss among the Members so that the net amount of Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Member is zero.
5.3    Allocations for Income Tax Purposes. The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company for any Taxable Year shall be allocated to the Members in the same manner as Net Income and Net Loss were allocated to the Members for such Taxable Year pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 5.2; provided, however, that solely for Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and not for book or Capital Account purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Company asset with a Gross Asset Value other than the tax basis of such Company asset (other than a Company asset that is a partnership interest for Federal income tax purposes) shall be allocated for Federal, state and local income tax purposes in accordance with the “traditional method with curative allocations” described in section 1.704-3(c) of the Regulations, but with curative allocations limited to curative allocations of gain from the sale or other disposition of each such asset; and provided, further, that, with respect to each Company asset that is a partnership interest for Federal income tax purposes, the method

23


applied upon a disposition of such partnership interest shall, in the discretion of the Managing Member, be the “remedial allocation method” described in section 1.704-3(d) of the Regulations.
5.4    Tax Withholding and Entity-Level Taxes. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment or distribution to a Member will be treated as amounts distributed to such Member for all purposes of this Agreement. In the event that the Company incurs any withholding tax or other liability for tax, interest or penalties with respect to income, gain, loss, deduction or credit allocated to any Member (including, but not limited to, any amount payable by the Company pursuant to an adjustment under Code section 6225), such Member shall be required promptly to reimburse the Company for such amount to the extent that the Company does not recoup the amount by offsetting it against amounts otherwise distributable to such Member; the obligations of any Person under this sentence with respect to any Taxable Year during which such Person is a Member shall survive any withdrawal of such Person from being a Member in the Company, any Transfer of such Person’s Units and any termination, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.
5.5    Allocations to Transferred Interests.
(a)    If any Units in the Company are Transferred, increased or decreased during a Taxable Year, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Company for such Taxable Year shall be allocated among the Members to take into account their varying interests during the Taxable Year in any manner approved by the Managing Member, as then permitted by the Code.
(b)    Solely for purposes of allocating income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Company as set forth in Section 5.5(a) and for the purposes of accruing and making tax distributions pursuant to Section 6.4, the Company shall recognize the Transfer of such Unit as of the date on which the Transfer was legally effective, except that, if the Transferor has not advised the Company in writing of and provided all such documentation regarding the Transfer as the Company may reasonably require, then all of such items shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to the books and records of the Company on the last day of the accounting period during which the Transfer occurs, was the owner of the Unit. The Managing Member shall incur no liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5(b), whether or not the Managing Member or the Company has knowledge of any Transfer of ownership of any Unit. Should the Company receive the requisite written notice and documentation after a Transfer has occurred, all such allocations and distributions shall be made as of the last day of the month in which the receipt occurred.

24



ARTICLE 6.     DISTRIBUTIONS
6.1    Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Members, as and when determined by the Managing Member, pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Except (i) for pro rata distributions to its Members in accordance with Section 6.1 through Section 6.3, (ii) for tax distributions in accordance with Section 6.4 or (iii) as authorized by written consent of each Member, the Company shall not make, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to make, any distributions (in cash or in kind), dividend payments or asset transfers to any Member or any direct or indirect equity holder of any Member.
6.2    Successors. For purposes of determining the amount of Distributions, each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions and as having received the Distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.
6.3    Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Company makes pro rata distributions of property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a Distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 6.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value. Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Article 5.
6.4    Tax Distributions.
(a)      Subject to the limitations set forth in any indenture or other credit, or other financing and warehousing or similar agreement governing indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as soon as practicable following the end of each Quarterly Estimated Tax Period of each Taxable Year, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash of the Company, make a distribution in cash (each, a “ Tax Distribution ”), pro rata in accordance with the Percentage Interests in effect on the date of such Tax Distribution, in an amount equal to the greater of (1) the excess of (i) the product of (x) the taxable income of the Company attributable to such period and all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods in such Taxable Year, based upon (I) the information returns filed by the Company, as amended or adjusted to date, and (II) estimated amounts, in the case of periods for which the Company has not yet filed information returns (determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Code section 743(b) and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Code section 743(a)), multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate, over (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions made by the Company with respect to such Taxable Year (treating any Tax Distribution made with respect to income for such Taxable Year, regardless of when made, and any distribution other than a Tax

25


Distribution made during such Taxable Year, as being made with respect to such Taxable Year) or (2) the amount necessary when paid to all the Members pro rata that will result in a payment to HLI sufficient to enable HLI to pay its actual tax liabilities (including estimated taxes) and all its other expenses and liabilities (including, but not limited to, its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement). In the case of the second and third Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods of each Taxable Year, the amount otherwise distributable under this Section 6.4(a) shall be adjusted upwards to the extent necessary to take into account the applicable formula for calculating estimated tax payments required with respect thereto.
(b)    If, at any time after the end of a U.S. federal income tax year of the Company, the Company has a positive True-Up Amount, then subject to the limitations set forth in any indenture or other credit, or other financing and warehousing or similar agreement governing indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash of the Company, make a Tax Distribution in an amount equal to the True-Up Amount pro rata in accordance with the Percentage Interests in effect on the date of such Tax Distribution. Any negative True-Up Amount for a Taxable Year shall be treated as a Tax Distribution for the following Taxable Year.
ARTICLE 7.     BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, RECORDS AND REPORTS, TAXABLE YEAR, TAX MATTERS
7.1    Books and Records.
(a)    Records and books of account shall be kept by the Company in which shall be entered fully and accurately all transactions and other matters relative to the Company’s business as are customarily entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of a like character, including the Capital Account established for each Member. The Company’s books and records shall be kept in a manner determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion. The books and records shall at all times be maintained at the principal office of the Company and shall be open to the inspection and examination of the Members or their duly authorized representatives for a proper purpose during reasonable business hours and at the sole cost and expense of the inspecting or examining Member.
(b)    In addition to and not in limitation of Section 7.1(a), the Company shall maintain at its principal place of business the following:
(i)    a current list of the full names and last known business address of each Member;
(ii)    a copy of the Company’s certificate of organization and all amendments thereto;

26


(iii)    a copy of this Operating Agreement and all amendments hereto;
(iv)    copies of any federal, state and local income tax returns and reports of the Company for the three most recent years; and
(v)    copies of all financial statements of the Company for the three most recent years.
(c)    Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Member shall have the right, exercisable upon written demand, to examine the items described in Section 7.1(b) during ordinary business hours and for any purpose reasonably related to the Member’s Interest in the Company (which purpose must be stated in the written demand), and shall have the right, at its own expense, to make copies of all such items.
7.2    Annual Reports. The Company shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Federal, state and local tax returns that the Company is required to file. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to send to each Person who was a Member at any time during each Taxable Year a copy of Schedule K-1 to Internal Revenue Service Form 1065 (or any successor form) indicating such Member’s share of the Company’s income, loss, gain, expense and other items relevant for Federal income tax purposes and corresponding analogous state and local tax forms as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such Taxable Year.
7.3    Tax Elections. The Company shall make on the first U.S. federal income tax return due after the date hereof, and keep in effect, a valid election under Code section 754. The Managing Member shall have the authority to make any and all other tax elections and other decisions relating to tax matters for Federal, state and local purposes.
7.4    Taxable Year. The taxable year of the Company (the “Taxable Year”) shall be the calendar year (unless a different year-end becomes required for federal income tax purposes); provided, however, that the last Taxable Year of the Company shall end on the date on which the Company is terminated.
7.5    Tax Matters Partner. For purposes of Code section 6231(a)(7) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 and Code section 6223(a) as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, the Company and each Member hereby designate HLI as the “tax matters partner” and the “partnership representative,” respectively (collectively, the “Tax Matters Partner”). The Managing Member may remove or replace the Tax Matters Partner at any time and from time to time. The Tax Matters Partner is specifically directed and authorized to take whatever steps may be necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including filing any forms or documents with the Internal Revenue Service and taking such other action as may from time to time be required under the Regulations. The Company shall indemnify and reimburse, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Tax Matters Partner for all expenses (including legal and

27


accounting fees) incurred as Tax Matters Partner while acting in good faith pursuant to this Section 7.5.
ARTICLE 8.     POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBERS
8.1    Limitations.
(a)    Other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement, (i) no Member (except for the Managing Member acting in his, her, or its capacity as such) shall participate in or have any control over the management, operations, or business of the Company; (ii) the ownership of Units, other Capital Stock in the Company, or the fact of a Member’s admission as a Member of the Company shall not confer any rights to participate in the management of the affairs of the Company; (iii) no Member other than the Managing Member shall have any right to approve or otherwise consent to any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination, division or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise; (iv) no Member other than the Managing Member (acting in his, her, or its capacity as such) shall have the power to transact business for the Company, any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Company or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Company or of any other Member; and (v) no Member other than the Managing Member (acting in his, her or its capacity as such) shall hold himself out as a general agent of the Company or the other Members in any business, activity or enterprise other than that of the Company.
(b)    The Members shall have no interest in the properties or assets of the Managing Member, or any equity therein, or in any proceeds of any sales thereof (which sales shall not be restricted in any respect), by virtue of acquiring or owning an Interest in the Company.
8.2    Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability solely by reason of being a Member. No Member shall be: personally liable for the return of any portion of the Capital Contributions (or any return thereon) of any other Member; required to lend any funds to the Company; have any obligation to make capital contributions to the Company, except as required pursuant to Sections 3.5(d) through 3.5(f) of this Agreement, or that may be required to return the amount of any distributions under Section 8846 of the Act received by such Member, or with respect to withholding obligations of the Company.

28


8.3    Priority. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have priority over any other Member as to Company allocations or distributions.
8.4    Member Standard of Care. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member other than the Managing Member (but solely in its capacity as Managing Member) shall, in its capacity as a Member, have any fiduciary or other duties at law or in equity to the Company or to any other Member, and any such duties that a Member might otherwise have are hereby expressly eliminated and disclaimed by the Company and the Members to the fullest extent permitted by law.
ARTICLE 9.     MANAGEMENT
9.1    The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties.
(a)    Managing Member. HLI shall be and is hereby designated as the Managing Member.
(b)    Authority of Managing Member. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, the conduct, control and management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member, and in all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Company, the decision of the Managing Member shall be the decision of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1(a) and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, including, without limitation, the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the division, conversion or domestication of the Company, or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.
(c)    Existence and Maintenance of Business. The Managing Member may take all action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Company to conduct the business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Company. The Managing Member may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the office of the appropriate authorities of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Company is formed or qualified, such certificates or as are required to reflect the authority of the

29


Managing Member, the identity of the Members and the amounts of their respective capital contributions.
(d)    Investment Company Act. The Managing Member shall use its best efforts to assure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(e)    Fiduciary Obligations. Each Member acknowledges that the Company is a subsidiary of the Managing Member and that each Member holding Class B Units or Class C Units has the right pursuant to the Exchange Agreement to exchange those Units for Class A Common Stock of the Managing Member. Therefore, it is expressly intended by the Members (i) that none of the Managing Member, its directors or officers, or the officers of the Company shall have fiduciary or other duties to the Company or any of its Members that are separate and apart or different from those duties that it, she or he may have to the Managing Member and its stockholders; (ii) that any duty of care that any of them may have to the Company or its Members shall be deemed fulfilled if that duty has been fulfilled with respect to the Managing Member and its stockholders; (iii) that the Managing Member shall not be obligated to (x) present any particular business opportunity to the Company even if the opportunity is of a character that could be undertaken by the Company or is within the purposes of the Company, or (y) refrain from entering into any transaction with the Company, even if such a transaction is not on arms-length terms or otherwise fair to the Company considered in isolation; and (iv) that all actions taken or not taken by the Managing Member, any of its directors or officers, or any officer of the Company shall be presumed to have been taken in good faith unless it is shown by a preponderance of the evidence that, at the time of taking or not taking such action, the action or inaction, was not believed by the Managing Member, or the relevant director or officer, as the case may be, to be not in the best interest of the Managing Member and its stockholders.
(f)    None of the Managing Member, any of its directors or officers, any officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company or the Members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as the Managing Member, except for liability (A) under criminal laws and under federal, state, and local laws, if any, imposing liability on the Managing Member for payment of taxes or (B) for any action or inaction that constitutes fraud, willful misconduct or recklessness.
(g)    No amendment or repeal of this Section shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Person who is or was a Managing Member (or a director or officer of either the Managing Member or the Company) for or with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal. If the Act is amended to permit a Pennsylvania limited liability company to provide greater protection from personal liability for its managing member, than the express terms of this Section, this Section shall be construed to provide for such greater protection.

30


(h)    This Section 9.1 shall constitute an election, from and after February 21, 2017, to vary the standards of conduct otherwise applicable to the Managing Member of a Pennsylvania limited liability company, pursuant to Sections 8815 and 8849.2 of the Act.
9.2    Officers.
(a)    Delegation by Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Managing Member’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of the Managing Member or the Company, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other Persons. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer of the Company or the Managing Member) to enter into and perform any agreement on behalf of the Company.
(b)    Designation and Appointment. The Managing Member may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business, including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as officers of the Company (each, an “Officer” and, collectively, “Officers”), with such titles as and to the extent authorized by the Managing Member. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. In its discretion, the Managing Member may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or Members. Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may from time to time delegate to them. The Managing Member may assign titles to particular Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member. Designation of an Officer shall not of itself create any contractual or employment rights.
(c)    Resignation and Removal. Any Officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause at any time by the Managing Member.
9.3    Indemnification of the Managing Member, Officers and Agents.
(a)    The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Managing Member, its Affiliates, its directors and officers, the officers of the Company, and the former and

31


current directors, officers, agents, consultants, and employees of the Company, (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any loss, claim, demand, dispute, controversy, expense, damage or injury, judgment or liability suffered or sustained by them, by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of their activities on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company, including any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of, or participation as a witness in, any actual or threatened action, proceeding, investigation or claim, including an action by or in the right of the Company, if the acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions upon which such actual or threatened action, proceeding or claims are based were not a result of fraud, recklessness or willful misconduct by such Indemnified Party. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall only be from the assets of the Company and the proceeds of insurance maintained by or for the benefit of the Company.
(b)    Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Party in a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided that if an Indemnified Party is advanced such expenses and it is later determined that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such action, suit or proceeding, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for such advances.
(c)    No amendment, modification or deletion of this Section 9.3 shall apply to or have any effect on the right of any Indemnified Party to indemnification for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Indemnified Party occurring prior to such amendment, modification or deletion.
9.4    Certain Costs and Expenses. The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company and (ii) the Company shall pay or reimburse the Managing Member for (A) all costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with the IPO, other than the payment obligations of the Managing Member under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the income, franchise (except as provided in this Section 9.4) or similar tax obligations of the Managing Member, and (B) all costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in good faith that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members,

32


compensation and meeting costs of the board of directors of the Managing Member, costs relating to periodic reports to stockholders of the Managing Member, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs incurred by the Managing Member and franchise taxes arising from the existing or business activities of the Managing Member, provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income or similar tax obligations of the Managing Member.
9.5    Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance with such limits or coverages as the Managing Member reasonably deems appropriate, at the expense of the Company and to the extent available, for the protection of any officer, director, employee, agent, or representative of the Managing Member or the Company against any liability incurred by such Person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company has the power to indemnify such Person against such liability. Any amounts payable by the Company to any Person indemnified pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.3 above shall be payable first from the proceeds of any insurance recovery pursuant to policies purchased by or on behalf of the Company and then from the other assets of the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the Company’s obligation to advance expenses pursuant to Section 9.3(b) hereof in circumstances in which the insurance company issuing any policy purchased by the Company will not advance such expenses.
ARTICLE 10.     TRANSFERS OF INTEREST BY MEMBERS
10.1    Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Members. No Member may sell, assign, pledge or in any manner dispose of or create or suffer the creation of a security interest in or any encumbrance (it being agreed that no provision under the Exchange Agreement shall constitute an encumbrance for purposes hereof) on all or a portion of its Interest in the Company (the commission of any such act being referred to as a “Transfer,” any Person who effects a Transfer being referred to as a “Transferor” and any Person to whom a Transfer is effected being referred to as a “Transferee”) except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 10. No Transfer of an Interest in the Company shall be effective until such time as all requirements of this Article 10 in respect thereof have been satisfied and, if consents, approvals or waivers are required under this Agreement by the Managing Member, all of the same shall have been confirmed in writing by the Managing Member. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of an Interest in the Company not made in accordance with this Agreement (a “Void Transfer”) shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever. Any amounts otherwise distributable under Article 6 in respect of an Interest in the Company that has been the subject of a Void Transfer may be withheld by the Company until the Void Transfer has been rescinded, whereupon the amount withheld (after reduction by any damages suffered by the Company attributable to such Void Transfer) shall be distributed without interest to the rightful holder of such Interest.

33


10.2    Transfer of Interest of Members.
(a)    A Member may not Transfer all or any portion of its Interest in the Company to any Person without the consent of the Managing Member (which consent shall be given or withheld on the sole discretion of the Managing Member); provided that, subject to Section 10.3, a Member may, without the consent of the Managing Member or any other Member, Transfer all or a portion of its Interest in the Company (i) in a Permitted Transfer or (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, a “Permitted Transfer” means the following:
(i)    for any Member that is a natural person, a Transfer, whether inter vivos or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, of all or any portion of his or her Interest to (A) his or her spouse, (B) his or her lineal descendants (including adopted children and the children of such spouse), (C) any trust for the benefit of the Member or any Person listed in (A) or (B), or (D) any grantor-controlled family charity, provided that, in each case (A) through (D), the Member or the Member’s personal representative provides prior written notice describing such Transfer to the Company;
(ii)    for any Member that is not a natural person, a Transfer of all or any portion of its Interest to an Affiliate of, or owner of an equity interest in, such Member (including any distribution by such Member to its members, partners or shareholders (the “Member’s Owners”) or any redemption of the interests in such Member held by one or more of the Member’s Owners, and any related distributions or redemptions by the Member’s Owners to their respective members, partners or shareholders), provided that, in each case, the Member provides prior written notice describing such Transfer to the Company. For clarity, the Management LLC Members are the Member’s Owners of Management LLC; or
(iii)    a Transfer permitted under Section 10.4.
(c)    The Transferee of a Member’s Interest in the Company may be admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member upon the prior written consent of the Managing Member (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). No Transferee of a Member’s Interest shall become a Substituted Member unless such Transfer shall be made in compliance with Sections 10.2(a) and 10.3. Unless a Transferee of a Member’s Interest in the Company is admitted as a Substituted Member under this Section 10.2(b), it shall have none of the powers of a Member hereunder and shall have only such rights of an assignee under the Act as are consistent with this Agreement.

34


(d)    Upon the Transfer of the entire Interest in the Company of a Member and effective upon the admission of its Transferee as a Substituted Member, the Transferor shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Company as a Member.
(e)    Upon the death, dissolution, resignation or withdrawal in contravention of Section 11.1, or the bankruptcy of a Member (the “Withdrawing Member”), the Company shall have the right to treat such Member’s successor(s)-in-interest as assignee(s) of such Member’s Interest in the Company, with none of the powers of a Member hereunder and with only such rights of an assignee under the Act as are consistent with this Agreement.
(f)    Upon request of the Company, each Member agrees to provide to the Company information regarding its adjusted tax basis in its Interests along with documentation substantiating such amount, and any other information, documentation and certification necessary for the Company to comply with Code section 743 and the Regulations thereunder.
(g)    The Company shall reflect each Transfer and admission of a Member authorized under this Article 10 by amending the Schedule of Members maintained pursuant to Section 3.1.
(h)    To the extent that any Class B Units are Transferred in accordance with this Article 10 by any Member (other than the Managing Member), the Transferor shall Transfer to the Transferee an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock. No Member shall make any other Transfer of Class B Common Stock.
(i)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no admission (or purported admission) of a Member, and no Transfer (or purported Transfer) of all or any part of a Member’s interest in the Company (or any economic interest therein) whether to another Member or to a Person who is not a Member, shall be effective, and any such admission or Transfer (or purported admission or Transfer) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be void ab initio, and no Person shall otherwise become a Member if after such admission or Transfer (or purported admission or Transfer) the Company would have more than one hundred Members, unless the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion that the Company will meet the requirements set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(j)(1) for the Taxable Year of such Transfer and all subsequent Taxable Years. In determining whether the Company will have more than one hundred Members for purposes of this Section 10.2, each Person indirectly owning an interest in the Company through a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), a grantor trust or an S corporation (each such entity, a “flow-through entity”) shall be treated as a Member unless the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion, after consulting with qualified tax counsel, that less than substantially all of the value of the beneficial owner’s interest in the flow-through entity is attributable to the flow-through entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Company.

35


10.3    Further Requirements. In addition to the other requirements of Sections 10.2 and 10.4, and unless waived in whole or in part by the Managing Member, no Transfer of all or any portion of an Interest in the Company may be made unless the following conditions are met:
(a)    The Transferor or Transferee shall have paid all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and the cost of the preparation, filing and publishing of any joinder or amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate, incurred by the Company in connection with the Transfer;
(b)    The Transferor shall have delivered to the Company a fully executed copy of all documents relating to the Transfer, executed by both the Transferor and the Transferee, and the agreement of the Transferee in writing and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member to:
(i)    be bound by the terms imposed upon such Transfer by the terms of this Agreement; and
(ii)    assume all obligations of the Transferor under this Agreement and such other agreements as the Managing Member may specify relating to the Interest in the Company that is the subject of such Transfer;
(c)    The Managing Member shall have been reasonably satisfied, including, at its option, having received an opinion of counsel to the Company reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member, that:
(i)    the Transfer will not cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes;
(ii)    the Transfer will not cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code section 7704; and
(iii)    the Transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act or any rules or regulations thereunder or cause the Company to be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules or regulations thereunder.
Any waivers from the Managing Member under this Section 10.3 shall be given or denied as determined by the Managing Member.
10.4    Exchange; Take-Along, Tag-Along Rights.
(a)    The Members and the Company have entered into an Exchange Agreement contemplating the exchange of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock

36


or Class C Units, as the case may be, for shares of Class A Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exchange Agreement.
(b)    Take-Along Rights.
(i)    If there should be a Qualified Sale Transaction, HLI may, in its capacity as Managing Member and in its sole discretion, require (“take-along right”) each Member to (A) sell all (but not less than all) of the Units (together with the associated shares of Class B Common Stock, if any) then held by that Member to the purchaser in accordance with this Section 10.4(b) or (B) require that Member to surrender those Units (together with the associated shares of Class B Common Stock, if applicable) for redemption by the Company, as the transaction may require, subject to all applicable provisions of this Section 10.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may allow any Person owning Units of record or beneficially that is employed by HLI, the Company or their Subsidiaries to retain, and exclude from a Qualified Sale Transaction, a portion of those Units in connection with any Qualified Sale Transaction.
(ii)    The Managing Member shall give notice to each other Member, not fewer than 30 days prior to the consummation of any contemplated Qualified Sale Transaction, setting forth the principal terms of the Qualified Sale Transaction (including the proposed closing date) in reasonable detail and advising as to whether its take-along rights are exercised or waived.
(iii)    If the Managing Member elects to exercise its take-along rights in connection with a Qualified Sale Transaction, it shall provide to each other Member and to each beneficial owner of that Members’ Units all documents required to be executed by each of them to consummate the Qualified Sale Transaction, not fewer than ten days prior to the closing date. Each other Member shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Managing Member, at least five days before the proposed closing date, all such documents. If any Member fails to deliver (or cause to be delivered) these documents and the Qualified Sale Transaction is subsequently consummated, the Company shall cause its books and records to show that the Units owned of record or beneficially by the defaulting Member or beneficial owner, as applicable, are bound by the provisions of this Section and that they may be Transferred only to the Qualified Purchaser who purchased the Units in the Qualified Sale Transaction or, in the case of a Qualified Sale Transaction that is structured as a redemption of Units, to the Company for redemption.
(c)    Tag-Along Rights.
(i)In the event of any Qualified Sale Transaction to a bona fide unaffiliated third party pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Qualified Sale Transaction, each Member shall have the right to require the Managing Member to (A) include, or cause to be

37


included, all or any of the Units (together with the associated shares of Class B Common Stock, if applicable) held by that Member in the Qualified Sale Transaction, (B) alternatively, at the sole discretion of the Managing Member, redeem such Units and associated shares, or (C) further alternatively, and also in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, Exchange such Units and associated shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock of HLI, plus, in all applicable cases, payment of the par value of the associated shares of Class B Common Stock, subject to all applicable provisions of this Section 10.4.
(ii)If a Member wishes to participate in the Qualified Sale Transaction pursuant to this Section 10.4(c), that Member shall give notice to the Managing Member within ten days after its receipt of notice of the transaction pursuant to Section 10.4(b)(ii). On receipt of the Member’s notification, and in any event at least ten days prior to the contemplated closing of the Qualified Sale Transaction, the Managing Member shall provide to each Member electing to participate the documents required for execution in connection with the Qualified Sale Transaction. To participate in the Qualified Sale Transaction, the Member shall deliver to the Managing Member, at least five days before the proposed closing date, all such documents. If any Member fails to deliver these documents, its rights to participate in that (but not any other) Qualified Sale Transaction shall lapse.
(d)    The consideration for any Units included in a Qualified Sale Transaction shall be the same as the price per share of Class A Common Stock that is paid in that transaction; provided, however, that if for any reason, Units of limited liability company interest in the Company or HLAI are included in the transaction at a higher price, that higher price shall be the price of Company Units included pursuant to these Sections 10.4(b) and 10.4(c). The form of consideration for any transaction pursuant to an exercise by the Managing Member of its take-along rights shall be cash; the form of consideration for Units included in a Qualified Sale Transaction pursuant to an exercise by a Member of its tag-along rights shall be the same as that paid for all other Units and shares of Common Stock included in the transaction.
(e)    If the Qualified Sale Transaction is consummated, promptly after such consummation, the Managing Member shall notify the Company and each other Member to that effect and furnish such evidence of the sale and of the terms thereof as any other Member may reasonably request. The Managing Member shall also cause to be remitted to each other Member that has complied with its obligations hereunder or who is deemed to have sold its Units pursuant hereto the proceeds of the sale attributable to the sale of such Member’s Units (subject to any agreed holdbacks or escrows in connection with such sale which will be paid to such Members as promptly as practicable after the Managing Members’ receipt of same, and net of such Member’s pro rata portion of all costs and expenses incurred by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company and the Members in connection therewith. Likewise, upon its receipt of any deferred consideration (such as pursuant to the release of an escrow or holdback, the

38


payment of an earnout, or the receipt of a tax refund, for example), the Managing Member or the Company, as applicable, shall cause to be remitted to each other Member its pro rata portion of that amount. For the purposes of this Section 3.04, each Member’s “pro rata” portion of any amount shall be the amount that is equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the number of Company Units held by that Member and included, redeemed, or exchanged in the Qualified Sale Transaction by the aggregate number of Company Units of all Members that are included in or redeemed in the transaction. If a Qualified Sale Transaction is not consummated by the Managing Member, it shall return to each other Member all documents previously delivered by them to it in connection with the Qualified Sale Transaction.
(f)    In connection with any Qualified Sale Transaction, each Member shall use its or his commercially reasonable best efforts to aid the Company and HLI in the consummation of the transaction and shall take all actions necessary, proper or advisable in connection therewith as are requested by the Managing Member, including casting votes or providing written consents in favor of the transaction if required by applicable law or requested by the Managing Member. As part of this cooperation, each Member shall: execute and deliver the definitive transaction documents and all related documentation and take such other action in support of the sale as shall be reasonably requested by the Managing Member, and make such representations and warranties and provide such indemnification as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser, provided that the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Member shall not exceed the amount of consideration actually paid to such Member. No Member shall have any liability for any representation or warranty made by another Member, and the terms and conditions of any Member’s participation in a Qualified Sale Transaction shall be substantially identical to the terms applicable to all other Persons selling securities in that transaction.
(g)     Change in Control of HLI . Should there occur a Change in Control of HLI, each of the Members other than the Managing Member shall have the right to require the Managing Member to effect an Exchange of any or all of the Units (together with the associated shares of Class B Common Stock, if applicable) then held by that Member effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control of HLI and notwithstanding any restrictions or limitations on the timing of Exchanges that may be in effect under the Exchange Agreement or HLI policies at the time. In the event of a Change in Control of HLI, the Managing Member shall give to each Member the lesser of 30 days advance notice of the occurrence of that Change in Control of HLI, or, the longest notice that is reasonably practicable in light of the circumstances attending the Change in Control of HLI. A Member wishing to exercise its rights pursuant to this Section 10.4(g) shall give notice to the Managing Member of the exercise of those rights as promptly as practicable, and in any event within five business days after the date of the Managing Member’s notice. Thereafter, the Managing Member, the Company, and the Member exercising Exchange rights pursuant to this Section 10.4(g) shall each use their reasonable best efforts to cause the requested Exchanges to be effected as and when provided herein.

39


(h)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.4 to the contrary, (i) there shall be no liability on the part of the Managing Member or any other Person to any Member if any sale, redemption or Exchange of Units pursuant to this Section 10.4 is not consummated due to a failure of a Qualified Sale Transaction or Change in Control of HLI to occur.
(i)     Expenses . All expenses of the Company and of the Members occasioned by a Transfer of a Member’s Units permitted under Section 10.4(b) , 10.4(c) and 10.4(d) shall be borne by the Member effecting such Transfer. Shared costs and expenses shall be borne by the Members and beneficial owners transferring or exchanging in the transaction pro rata or in such other proportion as the Managing Member may in good faith determine to be equitable.
10.5    Automatic Conversion. Upon the termination of employment with the Company (and HLI, if applicable) of any Management LLC Member (a) who is a Major Management Holder (for Cause) or (b) who is not a Major Management Holder (for any reason, with or without Cause), then in either case (a) or (b), the Company shall automatically effect a conversion of all Class B Units beneficially owned by such Management LLC Member and his or her successors-in-interest (whether or not held through Management LLC) to an equal number of Class C Units. In connection with such conversion, the Managing Member shall redeem all shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Management LLC Member for a cash payment of the aggregate par value of such Class B Common Stock. This provision will cease to have effect after a Sunset (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HLI). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the termination of employment of a Major Management Holder without Cause shall not result in an automatic conversion hereunder.
10.6    Consequences of Transfers Generally.
(a)    In the event of any Transfer or Transfers permitted under this Article 10, the Transferor and the Interest in the Company that is the subject of such Transfer shall remain subject to this Agreement, and the Transferee shall hold such Interest in the Company subject to all unperformed obligations of the Transferor. Any successor or Transferee hereunder shall be subject to and bound by this Agreement as if originally a party to this Agreement.
(b)    Unless a Transferee of a Member’s Interest becomes a Substituted Member, such Transferee shall have no right to obtain or require any information or account of Company transactions, or to inspect the Company’s books or to exercise any rights of approval reserved only to admitted Members of the Company with respect to Company matters. Such a Transfer shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 10.1, merely entitle the Transferee to receive the share of distributions, Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, deduction and loss to which the Transferor otherwise would have been entitled. Each Member agrees that such Member will, upon request of the Managing Member, execute such certificates or other documents and perform such acts as the Managing Member deems appropriate after a Transfer of

40


such Member’s Interest in the Company (whether or not the Transferee becomes a Substituted Member) to preserve the limited liability of the Members under the laws of the jurisdictions in which the Company is doing business.
(c)    The Transfer of a Member’s Interest in the Company and the admission of a Substituted Member shall not be cause for dissolution of the Company.
10.7    Capital Account; Percentage Interest. Any Transferee of a Member under this Article 10 shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 10.1, succeed to the portion of the Capital Account and Percentage Interest so Transferred to such Transferee.
10.8    Additional Filings. Upon the admission of a Substituted Member under Section 10.2, the Company shall cause to be executed, filed and recorded with the appropriate governmental agencies such documents (including amendments to this Agreement) as are required to accomplish such substitution.
ARTICLE 11.     RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS; TERMINATION OF COMPANY; LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS
11.1    Resignation of Members. Except as otherwise specifically permitted in this Agreement, a Member may not resign or withdraw from the Company unless unanimously agreed to in writing by all other Members or in connection with the Transfer of all of such Member’s Units in accordance with the provisions of Article 10. The Managing Member shall reflect any such resignation or withdrawal by amending the Schedule of Members maintained pursuant to Section 3.1(c), dated as of the date of such resignation or withdrawal, and the resigning or withdrawing Member (or such Member’s successors-in-interest) shall have none of the powers of a Member hereunder and shall only have such rights of an assignee of a limited liability company interest under the Act as are consistent with the other terms and provisions of this Agreement and with no other rights under this Agreement. The remaining Members may, in their sole discretion, cause the Company to distribute to the resigning or withdrawing Member the balance in its Capital Account on the date of such resignation or withdrawal. Upon the distribution to the resigning or withdrawing Member of the balance in his Capital Account, the resigning or withdrawing Member shall have no further rights with respect to the Company. Any Member resigning or withdrawing in contravention of this Section 11.1 shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Managing Member and all other Members from and against any losses, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements or damages suffered or incurred by the Company or any such other Member arising out of or resulting from such resignation or withdrawal.

41


11.2    Dissolution of the Company.
(a)    The Company shall be dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i)    the determination of the Managing Member to dissolve the Company;
(ii)    an order by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Company be dissolved; or
(iii)    the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
(b)    Except as expressly provided herein or as otherwise required by the Act, the Members shall have no power to dissolve the Company. Absent any of the events set out in Section 11.2(a) above, the Company shall not be dissolved upon any Member becoming bankrupt or executing an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the death, retirement, insanity, resignation, expulsion or dissolution of any Member, or any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.
(c)    In the event of the dissolution of the Company for any reason, the Managing Member or a liquidating agent or committee appointed by the Managing Member shall act as a liquidating agent (the Managing Member or such liquidating agent or committee, in such capacity, is hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidator”) and shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and to liquidate the Company assets. The Members shall continue to share all income, losses and distributions during the period of liquidation in accordance with Article 5 and Article 6. The Liquidator shall have full right and unlimited discretion to determine the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of Company assets pursuant to such liquidation, giving due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions.
(d)    The Liquidator shall have all of the rights and powers with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Company in connection with the liquidation and termination of the Company that the Managing Member would have with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Company during the term of the Company, and the Liquidator is hereby expressly authorized and empowered to execute any and all documents necessary or desirable to effectuate the liquidation and termination of the Company and the transfer of any Company assets.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Liquidator which is not a Member shall not be deemed a Member and shall not have any of the economic interests in the Company of a Member; and such Liquidator shall be compensated for its services to the Company at normal,

42


customary and competitive rates for its services to the Company, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.
11.3    Distribution in Liquidation. The Company’s assets shall be applied in the following order of priority:
(a)    first, to pay the costs and expenses of the winding-up, liquidation and termination of the Company;
(b)    second, to creditors of the Company, in the order of priority provided by law, including fees, indemnification payments and reimbursements payable to the Members or their Affiliates, but not including those liabilities (other than liabilities to the Members for any expenses of the Company paid by the Members or their Affiliates, to the extent the Members are entitled to reimbursement hereunder) to the Members in their capacity as Members;
(c)    third, to establish reserves reasonably adequate to meet any and all contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company; provided, however, that at the expiration of such period of time as the Liquidator may deem advisable, the balance of such reserves remaining after the payment of such contingencies or liabilities shall be distributed as hereinafter provided; and
(d)    fourth, the remainder to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1.
If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, determines that Company assets other than cash are to be distributed, then the Liquidator shall cause the Fair Market Value of the assets not so liquidated to be determined (with any such determination normally made by the Managing Member in accordance with the definition of “Fair Market Value” being made instead by the Liquidator). Such assets shall be retained or distributed by the Liquidator as follows:
(i)    the Liquidator shall retain assets having a value, net of any liability related thereto, equal to the amount by which the cash net proceeds of liquidated assets are insufficient to satisfy the requirements of clauses (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 11.3; and
(ii)    the remaining assets shall be distributed to the Members in the manner specified in clause (d) of this Section 11.3.
(e)    If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, deems it not feasible or desirable to distribute to each Member its allocable share of each asset, the Liquidator may allocate and distribute specific assets to one or more Members as the Liquidator shall reasonably determine to be fair and equitable, taking into consideration, inter alia, the Fair Market Value of such assets and the tax consequences of the proposed distribution upon each of the Members (including both distributees and others, if any). Any distributions in-kind shall be subject to such conditions

43


relating to the disposition and management thereof as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable.
11.4    Final Reports. Within a reasonable time following the completion of the liquidation of the Company’s assets, the Liquidator shall deliver to each of the Members a statement which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of complete liquidation and each Member’s portion of distributions pursuant to Section 11.3.
11.5    Rights of Members. Each Member shall look solely to the Company’s assets for all distributions with respect to the Company and such Member’s Capital Contribution (including return thereof), and such Member’s share of profits or losses thereon, and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against any other Member or the Managing Member.
11.6    Deficit Restoration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon liquidation of a Member’s Interest in the Company (whether or not in connection with a liquidation of the Company), no Member shall have any liability to restore any deficit in its Capital Account. In addition, no allocation to any Member of any loss, whether attributable to depreciation or otherwise, shall create any asset of or obligation to the Company, even if such allocation reduces the Capital Account of any Member or creates or increases a deficit in such Capital Account; it is also the intent of the Members that no Member shall be obligated to pay any such amount to or for the account of the Company or any creditor of the Company. No creditor of the Company is intended as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement nor shall any such creditor have any rights hereunder.
11.7    Termination. The Company shall terminate when all property owned by the Company shall have been disposed of and the assets shall have been distributed as provided in Section 11.3. The Liquidator shall then execute and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation of the Company.
ARTICLE 12.     NOTICES AND CONSENT OF MEMBERS
12.1    Notices. All notices, demands or requests required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing or electronic form, and shall be made by hand delivery, certified mail, overnight courier service, electronic mail or facsimile to the address, electronic mail address or facsimile number set forth in the Schedule of Members, but any party may designate a different address, electronic mail address or facsimile number by a notice similarly given to the Company. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed given when delivered by hand, if delivered on a Business Day, the next Business Day after delivery by hand if delivered by hand on a day that is not a Business Day; four Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if mailed; on the next Business Day after being deposited for next day delivery with Federal Express or a similar overnight courier; when

44


receipt is acknowledged, whether by facsimile confirmation or return electronic mail, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail on a Business Day; and the next Business Day following the day on which receipt is acknowledged whether by facsimile confirmation or return electronic mail, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail on a day that is not a Business Day.
12.2    Consents and Approvals. Any action requiring the consent or approval of Members under this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein, may be taken at a meeting of Members or, in lieu thereof, by written or electronic consent of Members holding the requisite Percentage Interest or, where expressly required by this Agreement or by applicable law, by all of the Members.
ARTICLE 13.     AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
13.1      Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion without the approval of any other Member or other Person; provided , that to the extent that any such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification would adversely affect the legal rights (including, without limitation, those under Section 10.4 ) of the holders of any given class of Units (other than Units held by the Managing Member), such amendment shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Units of each such class held by Members (other than, and, for purposes of determining whether holders of a majority of the then outstanding Units have consented, any Units that are held by the Managing Member).
13.2    Amendment of Certificate. In the event that this Agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified pursuant to this Article 13, the Managing Member shall amend, supplement or modify the Certificate to reflect such change if the Managing Member deems such amendment, supplement or modification of the Certificate to be necessary or appropriate.
13.3    Power of Attorney. Each Member hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Managing Member as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in its name, place and stead to make, execute, sign, acknowledge (including swearing to), verify, deliver, record and file, on its behalf, the following: (i) any amendment, supplement or modification to this Agreement which complies with the provisions of Section 13.1 of this Agreement; and (ii) the Certificate and any amendment, supplement or modification thereof required because this Agreement is amended, including an amendment, supplement or modification to effectuate any change in the membership of the Company or in the Capital Contributions of the Members. This power-of-attorney is a special power-of-attorney and is coupled with an interest in favor of the Managing Member and, as such: (A) shall be irrevocable and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of any party granting this power-of-attorney, regardless of whether the Company or the Managing Member shall have had notice thereof; (B) may be exercised for a Member by facsimile

45


signature of the Managing Member or, after listing all of the Members, including such Member, by a single signature of the Managing Member acting as attorney-in-fact for all of them; and (C) shall survive the delivery of an assignment by a Member of the whole or any portion of its Interest in the Company, except that where the assignee thereof has been approved by the Managing Member for admission to the Company as a Substituted Member, this power-of-attorney given by the assignor shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling the Managing Member to execute, acknowledge and file any instrument necessary to effect such substitution.
ARTICLE 14.     MISCELLANEOUS
14.1    Agreement for Further Execution. The Members agree to sign, swear or acknowledge any certificates or filings required by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other state, to sign, swear or acknowledge any amendment or cancellation of such certificate or filings, whether or not such amendment or cancellation is required by law, to sign, swear or acknowledge such other certificates, filings, documents or affidavits of assumed name, trade name or the like (and any amendments or cancellations thereof) that may be required for conduct of the Company’s business and to cause the filing of any of the same for record wherever such filing shall be required by law. This Section 14.1 shall not prejudice or affect the rights of the Members to approve certain amendments to this Operating Agreement as herein provided.
14.2    Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, excluding (to the greatest extent permitted by law) any rule of law that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any action or proceeding against any Member or the Company relating in any way to this Agreement may be brought and enforced in the courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, City and County of Philadelphia, or the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, and each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of both such courts in respect of any such action or proceeding.
14.3    Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Member or the Company. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Members shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the intent of the Members (as of the date of the this Agreement) as closely as possible in an acceptable manner and in order that the

46


transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as contemplated (as of the date of this Agreement) to the greatest extent possible.
14.4    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement or understandings among them with respect to the subject matter hereof (including the Third A&R Operating Agreement), and it may not be modified or amended in any manner other than as set forth herein.
14.5    Indulgences, Etc. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same; nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
14.6    Binding Nature of Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by operation of law or otherwise, except in accordance with Article 10. All references in this Agreement to any Member shall be deemed to include its, his or her heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.
14.7    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14.8    Headings. All headings, titles or captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
14.9    Number of Days. Any reference in this Agreement to a “day” or number of “days” (without the explicit qualification of “Business”) shall be interpreted as a reference to a calendar day or number of calendar days. If any action or notice is to be taken or given on or by a particular calendar day, and such calendar day is not a Business Day, then such action or notice shall be deferred until, or may be taken or given on, the next Business Day.
14.10    Interpretation. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted for or against any party because that party or that party’s representative drafted such provision.

47


14.11    No Third Party Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of the Company or of any subsidiary) other than the Members any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever.
14.12    Waiver of Partition. The Members hereby agree that the Company assets are not and will not be suitable for partition. Accordingly, each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights (if any) that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of such assets.
14.13    Waiver of Judicial Dissolution. Each Member agrees that irreparable damage would occur if any Member should bring or have brought on its behalf an action for judicial dissolution of the Company. Accordingly, each Member accepts the provisions under this Agreement as such Member’s sole entitlement on dissolution of the Company and waives and renounces all rights to seek or have sought for such Member a court decree of dissolution or to seek the appointment by a court of a liquidator for the Company.
14.14    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER.
14.15    Non-Occurrence of IPO. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 13.1), in the event that the IPO is not consummated prior to the date that is 15 Business Days after the date of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically, with no action required by any Member, on such date be amended and restated in its entirety back to the Third A&R Operating Agreement and, upon such automatic amendment and restatement of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be of no force and effect.
*    *    *

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
 
Name: Mario L. Giannini
 
Title: President
 
 
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
Mario Giannini
 
 
MARIO GIANNINI 2008 ANNUITY TRUST
 
 
By:
/s/ Joseph G. Maniaci
 
Name: Joseph G. Maniaci, Esquire
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
HLA INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:
HRHLA, LLC, its managing member
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley R. Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
HL MANAGEMENT INVESTORS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
/s/ Paul Waller
Paul Waller



Annex A

Members

Member of Record
Reorganization Transactions
Owned immediately after Closing of the IPO
Exchanged for Class A Common Stock
Sold to Managing Member
 
Class B
Class C
Class B
Class C
Class A
Class B
Class C
Hamilton Lane Incorporated
0
0
0
0
18,851,755
0
0
HLA Investments, LLC
1,250,015
0
1,406,966
0
0
15,793,179
0
HL Management Investors, LLC
686,064
1,963,090
108,803
984,231
0
5,357,574
6,221,411
Mario Giannini
0
0
0
0
0
3,228,103
0
Hamilton Lane Advisors, Inc.
0
0
0
0
0
2,579,104
0
Mario Giannini 2008 Annuity Trust
0
0
0
0
0
977,296
0
Paul Waller
0
0
0
0
0
0
264,630






ANNEX B

Form of Certificate

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT.
THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER TERMS CONTAINED IN THE FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 6, 2017 (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME), AMONG THE COMPANY AND ITS MEMBERS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.
Number of Units:
Certificate Number:
CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTEREST
Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”), hereby certifies that (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ ] [Class A/B/C] Units representing limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). The rights, powers, preferences, restrictions and limitations of the Interests are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Interests represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of March 6, 2017, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time (the “LLC Agreement”). By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the LLC Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business.
The member’s interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this day of     , 20  .
Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C.
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES A MEMBER’S INTEREST IN HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C. AND SHALL CONSTITUTE A “SECURITY” WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND GOVERNED BY, (I) ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA (INCLUDING SECTION 8102(A)), AND (II) ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION THAT NOW OR HEREAFTER SUBSTANTIALLY INCLUDES THE 1994 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 8 THEREOF AS ADOPTED BY THE AMERICAN LAW INSTITUTE AND THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF COMMISSIONERS ON UNIFORM STATE LAWS AND APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION ON FEBRUARY 14, 1995.


EX-10.2 4 hlexhibit102.htm EXHIBIT 10.2 Exhibit
        
EXHIBIT 10.2

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of March 6, 2017, is hereby entered into by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“HLA”), and each of the HLA Members (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the HLA Members hold units of membership interest in HLA (“Units”), which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;
WHEREAS, certain persons are selling on the date hereof a portion of such Units (the “Initial Sale”) to the Corporation, pursuant to the transactions described in the registration statement on Form S-1 publicly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2017 (Registration No. 333-215846), as amended prior to the date hereof, including the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock (the “Class A Shares”) by the Corporation (the “IPO”);
WHEREAS, the Corporation will become the managing member of, and will hold Units in, HLA;
WHEREAS, the Units other than those owned by the Corporation are exchangeable with the Corporation in certain circumstances for Class A Shares in the Corporation and/or cash pursuant to the Exchange Agreement;
WHEREAS, HLA and certain direct and indirect Subsidiaries treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for the Taxable Year of the IPO Date and for each other Taxable Year in which an exchange by a Partner of Units and Class B common stock of the Corporation (the “Class B Shares”), if any, for Class A Shares and/or cash occurs, which election is intended to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by HLA and such Subsidiaries, solely with respect to the Corporation, at the time of an exchange by a Partner of Units and Class B Shares, if any, for Class A Shares and/or cash (collectively, including the Initial Sale, an “Exchange”) (such time, the “Exchange Date”) (such assets and any asset whose tax basis is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset, the “Adjusted Assets”) by reason of such Exchange and the receipt of payments under this Agreement;
WHEREAS, (i) the allocations of income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of HLA and such Subsidiaries to the Corporation may be affected by the Basis Adjustment (defined below) with respect to the Adjusted Assets and (ii) the Tax items of the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below);




WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation;
WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement also desire to provide for a sharing of certain potential Tax benefits that the Corporation may receive if the remedial allocation method is elected with respect to certain HLA assets.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
Adjusted Asset” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Advisory Firm” means any accounting firm or any law firm, in each case, that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is agreed to by the Board.
Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.
Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
Agreement” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement.
Amount Realized” means, in respect of an Exchange by an Applicable Partner, the amount that is deemed for purposes of this Agreement to be the amount realized by the Applicable Partner on the Exchange, which shall be the sum of (i) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, the amount of cash and the amount or fair market value of other consideration transferred to the Applicable Partner in the Exchange and (ii) the Share of Liabilities attributable to the Units Exchanged.
Applicable Partner” means any Partner to whom any portion of a Realized Tax Benefit is Attributable hereunder.
Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means the Corporation’s tax rate calculated by taking the sum of the products of (i) the Corporation’s income and franchise tax

2



apportionment rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporation files income or franchise tax returns for the relevant Taxable Year and (ii) the highest corporate income and franchise tax rate(s) for each such state and local jurisdiction. In calculating the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, such tax rate will be reduced by the assumed federal income tax benefit received by the Corporation from state and local jurisdiction income and franchise taxes (with such benefit calculated as the product of (a) such tax rate and (b) the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year).
Attributable”: The portion of any Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporation that is “Attributable” to any Partner shall be determined by reference to the assets that give rise to the depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis (“Depreciation”) and increased basis upon a disposition of an asset or with respect to Imputed Interest that produce the Realized Tax Benefit, under the following principles:
(i)    Any Realized Tax Benefit arising from (A) a deduction to the Corporation with respect to a Taxable Year for Depreciation arising in respect of a Basis Adjustment to an Adjusted Asset, (B) a reduction in gain or increase in loss upon the disposition of an Adjusted Asset that arises in respect of a Basis Adjustment, or (C) a deduction of Imputed Interest with respect to payments under this Agreement, is Attributable to the Applicable Partner to the extent that the ratio of the aggregate amount of such items for such Taxable Year that are attributable to Exchanges by the Applicable Partner bears to the aggregate amount of all such items for such Taxable Year that are attributable to Exchanges by all Applicable Partners.
(ii)    For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Basis Adjustment arising with respect to an Exchange under section 734(b) of the Code, depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions for recovery of cost or basis shall constitute Depreciation only to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may produce a Realized Tax Benefit (and not to the extent that such depreciation, amortization or other similar deductions may be for the benefit of a Person other than the Corporation), as reasonably determined by the Corporation.
Available Cash” means all cash and cash equivalents of the Corporation on hand, less the amount of cash reserves reasonably established in good faith by the Corporation to (i) provide for the proper conduct of business of the Corporation, or (ii) comply with applicable law or any Senior Obligations.
Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of an Adjusted Asset under Revenue Ruling 99-6 and sections 732 and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, a partnership becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) and under sections 734(b), 743(b) and section 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, a partnership remains in existence as an entity for Tax purposes) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, any adjustments under section 734(b) of the Code arising before the

3



Initial Sale or as a result of the transactions undertaken in connection therewith shall not be treated as resulting from Exchanges under this Agreement.
Beneficial Ownership” (including correlative terms) shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i)    any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding any Permitted Transferee or any group of Permitted Transferees, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or
(ii)    the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or
(iii)    there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the members of the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or
(iv)    the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of

4



all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than the sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Beneficially Owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their Beneficial Ownership of such securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.
Class A Shares” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Class B Shares” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Code” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Corporate Entity” means any direct Subsidiary of the Corporation which is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Corporation” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
Corporation Return” means the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.
Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.
Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(c) of this Agreement.
Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining an Early Termination Payment or the date of an Individual Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining an Individual Early Termination Payment.
Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

5



Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.
Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 7.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 400 basis points.
Exchange” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement, and “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Exchange Agreement” means the exchange agreement effective on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, HLA and the Company Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as amended.
Exchange Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.
Exchange Date” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Exchange Payment” is defined in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.
Expert” is defined in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
HLA” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
HLA Member” means each direct owner of a membership interest in HLA other than the Corporation.
Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (and/or HLA, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on HLA and allocable to the Corporation) using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return (and/or Tax Return of HLA) but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the tax basis reflecting the Basis Adjustments of the Adjusted Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest; provided, that for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local Taxes shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate.
Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.
Individual Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
Individual Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.03(c) of this Agreement.

6



Individual Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by the Basis Adjustment or the Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be utilized by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, and (4) any non-amortizable assets are deemed to be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income Tax purposes on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date.
Initial Sale” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
IPO” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
IPO Date” means the date on which Class A Shares in the Corporation are sold in an initial public offering.
LIBOR” means, during any month, a rate per annum equal to the USD LIBOR rate for a period of one month, as published by the Wall Street Journal two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such month, for dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such month).
LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of HLA, as such is from time to time amended or restated.
Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.
Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

7



Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.
Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement.
Partner” means each HLA Member (other than the Corporation), each owner of an equity interest in an HLA Member and each other Person who from time to time executes a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, Schedule 1 hereto may provide limitations on the extent to which benefits of this Agreement may be available to a particular Partner.
Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.
Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the Exchange Agreement.
Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Partner) of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which section 743(b) of the Code applies.
Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or HLA, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on HLA and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such actual Tax liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation, or HLA (but only with respect to Taxes imposed on HLA and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.
Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or HLA, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on HLA and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year, such actual Tax liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation, or HLA (but only with respect to Taxes imposed on HLA and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

8



Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement.
Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(c) of this Agreement.
Schedule” means any Exchange Basis Schedule, Tax Benefit Schedule or Early Termination Schedule.
Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.
Share of Liabilities” means, as to any Unit at the time of an exchange, the portion of HLA partnership liabilities allocated to that Unit pursuant to section 752 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations in the hands of the Applicable Partner immediately before the transfer to the Corporation.
Specified Partner” means any Applicable Partner whose Individual Early Termination Payment will be greater than (i) an amount initially determined by the Board or (ii) a subsequent amount determined by the Board from time to time provided such subsequent amount is greater than the amount determined by the Board immediately preceding such subsequent amount.
Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.
Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.
Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.
Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.
Taxable Year” means, for the Corporation or HLA, as the case may be, a taxable year as defined in section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made) ending on or after an Exchange Date in which there is a Basis Adjustment due to an Exchange.
Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether on an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.

9



Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.
Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.
Unit” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.
Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by the Basis Adjustment or the Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be utilized by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets are deemed to be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income Tax purposes on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date, and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT
Section 2.01    Applicable Principles. Subject to Section 3.03, the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology. The actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payments that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest under the Code based upon the characterization of the entire amount of such Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporation for the Units acquired in an Exchange. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustments and the Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income Tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment or the Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. All Tax Benefit Payments (other than

10



amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest under the Code) will (A) be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to further Basis Adjustments to Adjusted Assets for the Corporation and (B) have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Adjusted Assets for the Corporation in the year of payment, and, as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.
Section 2.02    Exchange Basis Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of HLA for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to the Applicable Partner a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted tax basis of the Adjusted Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Adjusted Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year and all prior Taxable Years, calculated (a) in the aggregate and (b) solely with respect to Exchanges by the Applicable Partner, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Adjusted Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).
Section 2.03    Tax Benefit Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to the Applicable Partner a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) of this Agreement and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).
Section 2.04    Procedures, Amendments
(a)    Procedure. Every time the Corporation delivers to the Applicable Partner an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (i) deliver to any Specified Partner schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (ii) allow any Specified Partner reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Applicable Partner, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or within 30 calendar days after receiving a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Applicable Partner shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

11



(b)    Amended Schedule. An applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year shall be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Applicable Partner or the correction of computational errors set forth in such Schedule, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”).
ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
Section 3.01    Payments
(a)    Within fifteen (15) calendar days of a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to an Applicable Partner becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), or earlier in the Corporation’s discretion, the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Partner for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b) in the amount Attributable to the Applicable Partner. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by electronic payment to a bank account of the Applicable Partner previously designated by such Partner to the Corporation or, if no such account has been designated, by check. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal income tax payments.
(b)    A “Tax Benefit Payment” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “Net Tax Benefit” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.01, excluding payments attributable to any Interest Amount; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Partner shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Interest Amount” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date. In the case of a Tax Benefit Payment made in respect of an Amended Schedule, the “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the date of such Amended Schedule becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a) until the Payment Date. The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange, on a Unit-by-Unit basis by reference to the Exchange of a Unit and the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporation.

12



Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Partner may elect with respect to any Exchange to limit the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments made to such Partner in respect of any such Exchange to a specified dollar amount or specified percentage of the Amount Realized by such Partner with respect to such Exchange (or such other limitation selected by the Partner and consented to by the Corporation, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Partner shall exercise its rights under the preceding sentence by notifying the Corporation of its desire to impose such a limit and the specified percentage (or such other limitation selected by the Partner) and such other details as may be necessary (including whether such limit includes the Interest Amounts in respect of any such Exchange) in the Exchange Notice delivered by such Partner with respect to such Exchange in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii) of the Exchange Agreement.
(c)    The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that it has sufficient Available Cash to make all payments due under this Agreement without regard to the last sentence of Section 4.01(d), including using commercially reasonable efforts to cause HLA to make distributions to the Corporation to make such payments so long as there is not a continuing default or event of default under any credit agreement, loan agreement, note, indenture or other agreement governing indebtedness of HLA or any of its Subsidiaries or the Corporation and such distribution by HLA or payment by the Corporation would not give rise to a default under any such credit agreement, loan agreement, note, indenture or other agreement governing indebtedness of HLA or any of its Subsidiaries or the Corporation.
Section 3.02    No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.
Section 3.03    Pro Rata Payments. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment are limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular Taxable Year, the limitation on the deductions, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Partners in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, as applicable.
Section 3.04    Remedial Allocation Method. In the event that the remedial allocation method shall be elected with respect to the gain or loss on disposition of any HLA asset that is a partnership interest for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, then with respect to each item of loss allocated to the Corporation as a remedial item upon the disposition of such a partnership interest, the Corporation shall be required to pay to the HLA Members an aggregate amount of cash equal to 85% of the actually realized net tax savings for the Corporation that is attributable to such loss, calculated on a with and without basis as determined by the Corporation in its reasonable discretion, and such payment from the Corporation shall be divided among such

13



HLA Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in HLA. Payments under this Section 3.04 shall be made within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for the relevant Taxable Year.
ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION
Section 4.01    Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.
(a)    The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and exchanged) by all Partners at any time by paying to all of the Partners the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate only upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Partners, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation under this Section 4.01(a), neither the Applicable Partners nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Partners, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and an Applicable Partner as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Partners, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange in such case shall be its obligations to all Partners under Section 4.03(a).
(b)    The Corporation may terminate the rights under this Agreement of any Partner who is not a Specified Partner with respect to Exchanges occurring prior to the date thereof at any time by paying to such Partner an Individual Early Termination Payment as calculated with respect to such Partner (taking into account only those Exchanges that have occurred prior to the date thereof, and for the avoidance of doubt not taking into account Units not yet Exchanged, nor taking into account Units Exchanged in prior Exchanges for which Individual Early Termination Payments have already been received); provided, however, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(b) prior to the time at which any Individual Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Individual Early Termination Payment by the Corporation to such Partner, neither the Applicable Partner nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Exchanges by such Partner, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and such Partner as due and payable but unpaid as of the Individual Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Individual Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Individual Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, a termination pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) shall not impact the

14



rights or obligations of the Corporation and such Partner with respect to Exchanges occurring after the date of such termination.
(c)    In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated pursuant to this Article IV as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and utilizing the Valuation Assumptions by substituting the phrase “the closing date of a Change of Control” in each place where the phrase “Early Termination Date” appears. Such obligations shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payments agreed to by the Corporation and the Partners as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (3) any Tax Benefit Payments due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the closing date of a Change of Control (except to the extent that any amounts described in clauses (2) or (3) are included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, Sections 4.02 and 4.03 shall apply to a Change of Control, mutadis mutandi.
(d)    In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to one or more Partners, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, and does not cure such breach within ninety (90) days of receipt of notice of such breach from such Partner or Partners, then all obligations hereunder with respect to such Partner or Partners shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) an Early Termination Payment calculated with respect to such Partner or Partners pursuant to Section 4.01(a) as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered to such Partner or Partners on the date of the breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and such Partner or Partners as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due to such Partner or Partners for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach (except to the extent that any amounts described in clauses (2) or (3) are included in the Early Termination Payment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to one or more Partners, such Partners shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3), above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the Corporation’s failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement; provided, that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due; provided, further, that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement as a result of (a) a prohibition, restriction or covenant under any credit agreement, loan agreement, note, indenture or other agreement governing indebtedness of HLA or any of its Subsidiaries or the Corporation or (b) restrictions under applicable law shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement.

15



(e)    The undersigned parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the timing, amounts and aggregate value of Tax Benefit Payments pursuant to this Agreement are not reasonably ascertainable.
Section 4.02    Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01(a) or Section 4.01(b) above, the Corporation shall deliver to each Partner whose rights are being terminated notice of such intention to exercise such right (an “Early Termination Notice” in the case of an early termination under Section 4.01(a) or an “Individual Early Termination Notice” in the case of an early termination under Section 4.01(b)) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment or Individual Early Termination Payment with respect to such Partner. The applicable Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on the Corporation and such Partner unless such Partner, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Partner shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
Section 4.03    Payment upon Early Termination.
(a)    Within fifteen (15) calendar days after agreement between the Applicable Partner and the Corporation of an Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Partner an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment or the Individual Early Termination Payment, as the case may be. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Applicable Partner.
(b)    The “Early Termination Payment” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the Applicable Partner the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Applicable Partner beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.
(c)    The “Individual Early Termination Payment” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the Applicable Partner the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Applicable Partner beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Individual Valuation Assumptions are applied (taking into account only those Exchanges that have occurred prior to the date of the applicable Individual Early Termination Notice, and for the avoidance of doubt not taking into account Units not yet Exchanged, nor taking into account Units Exchanged in prior Exchanges for which Individual Early Termination Payments have already been received).

16



ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
Section 5.01    Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or Individual Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to a Partner or to the Partners under this Agreement (an “Exchange Payment”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any current or future obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.
Section 5.02    Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Partner when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.
ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
Section 6.01    Partner Participation in the Corporation’s and HLA’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and HLA, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the Partners of, and keep the Partners reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of the Corporation and HLA by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the Partners’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the Partners reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, HLA and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporation and HLA shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.
Section 6.02    Consistency. The Corporation and the Partners agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement unless the Corporation or a Partner receives a written opinion from an Advisory Firm that reporting in such manner is more likely than not to result in an imposition of penalties pursuant to the Code. Any Dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.09.

17



Section 6.03    Cooperation. The Partners shall each (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse each Partner for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.
ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.01    Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:
if to the Corporation, to:
One Presidential Blvd., 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
Phone: (610) 617-6076
Fax: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Drinker Biddle &Reath LLP
One Logan Square, Ste. 2000
Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996
Phone: (215) 988-2700
Fax: (215) 988-2757
Attention: H. John Michel, Jr., Esq.
    


18



if to HLA, to:
One Presidential Blvd., 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
Phone: (610) 617-6076
Fax: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:
Drinker Biddle &Reath LLP
One Logan Square, Ste. 2000
Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996
Phone: (215) 988-2700
Fax: (215) 988-2757
Attention: H. John Michel, Jr., Esq.

if to the Partners or any Partner, to:
the address and facsimile number set forth for such Partner in the records of HLA.
Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.
Section 7.02    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 7.03    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective members, successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
Section 7.04    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (and, to the extent applicable, federal law), without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

19



Section 7.05    Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
Section 7.06    Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers. No Partner may assign its rights under this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided, however, (i) that, to the extent Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Partner shall assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Partner’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to become a “Partner” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) that, once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Partner pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange may be assigned to any Person or Persons, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the last sentence of the next paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a Partner or other Person transfers Units to a Partner as may be permitted by the LLC Agreement, the Partner receiving such Units shall have all rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units as such Partner has, under this Agreement, with respect to the other Units held by him.
No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and HLA, and by Partners who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Partners hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination under Section 4.01(a) on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Partner pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Partners will or may receive under this Agreement unless at least two-thirds of such Partners disproportionately effected (with such two-thirds threshold being measured by the entitlement to Early Termination Payments as set forth in the preceding portion of this sentence) consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective

20



successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 7.07    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
Section 7.08    Submission to Jurisdiction; Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Except as provided in Section 7.09, any Dispute as to the interpretation of this Agreement shall be resolved by the Corporation in its sole discretion, provided that such resolution shall reflect a reasonable interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement and that such resolution shall not be inconsistent with the fundamental results described in Section 3.02 of this Agreement.
(b)    The remainder of this Section 7.08 shall not apply with respect to claims of a Specified Partner arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, performance or non-performance of this Agreement.
(c)    Except as otherwise expressly provided by Section 7.08(a) or Section 7.09, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by JAMS. The place of arbitration shall be Philadelphia, PA.
(d)    There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration. If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by JAMS in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause. Any arbitrator appointed by JAMS shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with corporate and partnership matters and an experienced arbitrator. In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of Pennsylvania.
(e)    The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based. The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple or other non-compensatory damages. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Any costs or

21



fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.
(f)    All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential manner. The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration. The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.
(g)    Barring extraordinary circumstances (as determined in the sole discretion of the arbitrator), discovery shall be limited to pre-hearing disclosure of documents that each side will present in support of its case, and non-privileged documents essential to a matter of import in the proceeding for which a party has demonstrated a substantial need. The parties agree that they will produce to each other all such requested non-privileged documents, except documents objected to and with respect to which a ruling has been or shall be sought from the arbitrator. There will be no depositions.
Section 7.09    Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and an Applicable Partner are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.04, 4.02 or 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the Applicable Partner or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by JAMS. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before the date any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, such payment shall be paid on the date such payment would be due and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be

22



borne jointly by the Corporation and the Applicable Partner, with each party bearing one-half of such costs. The Corporation and each Applicable Partner shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporation and the Applicable Partner and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
Section 7.10    Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts, if any, as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Applicable Partner.
Section 7.11    Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group. If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments, Individual Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.
Section 7.12    Confidentiality. Each Partner and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners, confidential information concerning the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners, including marketing, investment, performance data, credit and financial information, and other business affairs of the Corporation, its Affiliates and successors and the other Partners learned of by the Partner heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Partner in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Partner to prepare and file his or her Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such Tax Returns from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such Tax Returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Partner and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Partner or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of (x) the Corporation, HLA, the Partners and their Affiliates and (y) any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind

23



(including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Partners relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
If a Partner or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or the other Partners and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
Section 7.13    Partnership Agreement. To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations upon HLA or a member of HLA, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of HLA as described in section 761(c) of the Code and sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.
Section 7.14    Joinder. HLA shall have the power and authority (but not the obligation) to permit any Person who becomes a member of HLA to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement promptly upon acquisition of membership interests in HLA by such Person, and such Person shall be treated as a “Partner” for all purposes of this Agreement.
[Signature pages follow]



24


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, HLA and each HLA Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
 
Name: Mario L. Giannini
 
Title: President
 
 
HLA INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:
HRHLA, LLC, its managing member
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley R. Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
HL MANAGEMENT INVESTORS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
Mario Giannini
 
 
MARIO GIANNINI 2008 ANNUITY TRUST
 
 
By:
/s/ Joseph G. Maniaci
 
Name: Joseph G. Maniaci, Equire
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
/s/ Paul Waller
Paul Waller

EX-10.3 5 hlexhibit103.htm EXHIBIT 10.3 Exhibit

EXHIBIT 10.3



EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 6, 2017, is hereby entered into by and among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”), and the Company Unitholders (as defined herein).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), the Corporation intends to consummate the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-215846); and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of Company Exchangeable Units (as defined herein) for cash or shares of Class A Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1    Definitions. The following capitalized terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1. Other terms are defined in the text of this Agreement and those terms shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them.
Advisory Firm” means any accounting firm or law firm, in each case that is nationally recognized as being expert in tax matters and that is agreed to by the Board.
Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Beneficial Ownership” (including correlative terms) shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in New York City, New York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania are authorized or required to close.
Cash Settlement” means immediately available funds in U.S. dollars in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to a Company Unitholder in an Exchange pursuant to Section 2.1, multiplied by (y) the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock

1


on the principal U.S. securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by The Wall Street Journal or its successor, for each of the three (3) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the last full Trading Day immediately prior to the Exchange Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the amount specified in clause (y) shall be determined in good faith by a committee of the Board composed of a majority of the directors of the Corporation that do not have an interest in the Company Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock being Exchanged.
Class A Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.
Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Company Class B Unit” means (i) each Class B Unit (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) issued as of the date hereof after giving effect to all transactions contemplated to occur by Section 3.2 of the LLC Agreement and (ii) each Class B Unit or other interest in the Company that may be issued by the Company in the future that is designated by the Company as a “Company Class B Unit,” including any interest converted into or exchanged for a Company Class B Unit.
Company Class C Unit” means (i) each Class C Unit (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) issued as of the date hereof after giving effect to all transactions contemplated to occur by Section 3.2 of the LLC Agreement and (ii) each Class C Unit or other interest in the Company that may be issued by the Company in the future that is designated by the Company as a “Company Class C Unit,” including any interest converted into or exchanged for a Company Class C Unit.
Company Exchangeable Unit” means each Company Class B Unit and each Company Class C Unit.
Company Units” means all units, including Class A Units (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement), Company Class B Units and Company Class C Units, issued by the Company and outstanding from time to time.
Company Unitholder” means each holder of one or more Company Exchangeable Units that is a party hereto as of the date hereof or that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.1.

2


Contribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv).
Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Effective Date” means the effective date of the registration statement pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock of the Corporation is sold in the IPO.
Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Consideration” shall mean, in the case of any Exchange, either (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of Company Exchangeable Units surrendered in the Exchange multiplied by the Exchange Rate, or (y) the Cash Settlement, plus, in the case of an Exchange of Class B Units under either sub-clause (x) or (y), an amount that is equal to $0.001 multiplied by the number of Class B shares of Common Stock included in the Exchange.
Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).
Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).
Exchange Rate” means, in respect of any Exchange, a ratio, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Exchange and the denominator of which shall be the number of Company Units owned by the Corporation immediately prior to the Exchange. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2.
HLAI” means HLA Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Managing Member” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
Ownership Group” means the parties to the Stockholders Agreement, dated and effective as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Corporation and certain Company Unitholders.
Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

3


Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
Post-IPO Company Units” means the number of Company Units outstanding after giving effect to the completion of the IPO (after taking into account the delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock to the underwriters in respect of any overallotment option) and the related issuance of Company Units to the Corporation by the Company in exchange for a portion of the proceeds therefrom, as such number of Company Units may be equitably adjusted to reflect any dividend, split, subdivision or combination of shares, or reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of or with respect to the Company Units occurring subsequent to such time.
Retraction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(v).
SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Senior Unitholder” means any member of the Board, executive officer of the Company, or employee of the Company or HLA with the title of Managing Director or Principal (or their equivalents), each as of the time of the relevant Exchange.
Senior Unitholder Restriction” means that no Senior Unitholder may Exchange (i) any Company Exchangeable Units until the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) more than one third (1/3) of such Senior Unitholder’s Company Exchangeable Units until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and (iii) more than two thirds (2/3) of such Senior Unitholder’s Company Exchangeable Units until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The number of Company Exchangeable Units and the relevant fractions will be calculated based on the number of Company Exchangeable Units held on the Effective Date.
Takeover Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, the Company and the HLA Members (as defined therein), as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Trading Day” means a day on which the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

4


ARTICLE II
EXCHANGES
Section 2.1    Exchange of Company Exchangeable Units for Class A Common Stock.
(a)    Elective Exchanges.
(i)    Subject to Section 2.1(b), and otherwise upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and of the LLC Agreement, each Company Unitholder shall have the right from time to time (but subject to the Senior Unitholder Restriction, in the case of Senior Unitholders) to surrender Company Exchangeable Units, and, for each Company Class B Unit surrendered, a corresponding share of Class B Common Stock (in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal and similar restrictions, except for those arising under this Agreement and the LLC Agreement) to the Company and to thereby cause the Company to deliver to that Company Unitholder (or its designee) the Exchange Consideration as set forth herein (an “Exchange”).
(ii)    For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement to the contrary: (A) no Exchange of Class B Units may be made without a concurrent Exchange of an equivalent number of shares of Class B Common Stock; (B) the Corporation may elect to settle an Exchange, in whole or in part, by delivery of the Cash Settlement as to all or any portion of the total number of Company Exchangeable Units being surrendered and delivery of Class A Common Stock as to any remaining portion not satisfied by the Cash Settlement; (C) the Board (or a committee to which the Board has delegated such authority) may, in its sole discretion, deny or limit, in whole or in part, any Exchange that fails to comply with any requirements therefor that the Corporation, the Company, or the Board may have established, or that, if effected, would adversely affect the trading markets in the Company's Common Stock as determined by the Board (or a committee thereof to which the Board has delegated such authority) in its sole discretion. In particular, a Company Unitholder shall not be entitled to an Exchange, and the Corporation and Company shall have the right to refuse to honor any request for an Exchange, at any time or during any period if the Corporation or the Company determines, after consultation with counsel, that such Exchange (x) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of a registration of such Exchange under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements thereof) or (y) would not be permitted under any agreement with the Corporation, the Company or any of their subsidiaries to which the applicable Company Unitholder is party (including, without limitation, the LLC Agreement) or (solely in the case of an Exchange requested by an officer, director or other personnel of the Corporation, the Company or any of their subsidiaries) any written policies of the Corporation related to restrictions on trading applicable to its officers, directors or other personnel.
(iii)    A Company Unitholder shall exercise its right to an Exchange of Company Exchangeable Units and, in the case of Company Class B Units, a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock, as set forth in Section 2.1(a) by delivering to the Company, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Corporation, in each case during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Company and the Corporation, respectively,

5


(A) a written election of exchange in respect of the Company Exchangeable Units to be exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (an “Exchange Notice”), duly executed by such Company Unitholder, (B) any certificates in such Company Unitholder’s possession representing such Company Exchangeable Units, (C) if applicable, any stock certificates in such Company Unitholder’s possession representing the shares of Class B Common Stock required to be surrendered in connection with an Exchange of Class B Units, and (D) such other information, documents or instruments as either the Company or the Corporation may reasonably require in connection with the Exchange. If any certificate referenced in clause (B) or (C) of the immediately preceding sentence is alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company Unitholder shall furnish, in lieu thereof, an affidavit of loss and, if required by the Company or the Corporation, an indemnity in a customary amount to indemnify the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate. After the items specified in clauses (A)-(D) of the first sentence of this Section 2.1(a)(iii) have been delivered to the Company, and unless such Company Unitholder timely has delivered a Retraction Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(v) or the Company has refused to honor the request in full pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii), the Company will effect the Exchange in accordance with its then-current policies (including policies intended to ensure orderly liquidity for Exchanging Company Unitholders and stability in the trading market for the Company’s securities) and inform the Company Unitholder of the effective date of such Exchange (the “Exchange Date”). On the Exchange Date, all rights of the exchanging Company Unitholder as a holder of the Company Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that are subject to the Exchange shall cease, and unless the Corporation has elected Cash Settlement as to all Company Exchangeable Units tendered, such Company Unitholder (or its designee) shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received by the exchanging Company Unitholder in respect of such Exchange.
(iv)    At least two Business Days before the Exchange Date, the Corporation shall give written notice (the “Contribution Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the exchanging Company Unitholders) of its intended settlement method; provided that if the Corporation does not timely deliver a Contribution Notice, the Corporation shall be deemed not to have elected the Cash Settlement method.
(v)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) a Company Unitholder may withdraw or amend its Exchange Notice, in whole or in part, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the Business Day immediately prior to the Exchange Date by giving written notice (the “Retraction Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Corporation) specifying (A) the number and class of withdrawn Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock and (B) if any, the number and class of Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock, as to which the Exchange Notice remains in effect, and (y) a Company Unitholder may specify, in an applicable Exchange Notice, that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the occurrence of any transaction or event, including the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering, change of control transaction or otherwise) of shares of Class A Common Stock or any merger, consolidation or other business combination. The

6


timely delivery of a Retraction Notice indicating an entire withdrawal of the Exchange Notice pursuant to clause (x) above and, in respect of clause (y) above, the termination of the transaction or event prior to the consummation thereof, shall, in either case, terminate all of the exchanging Company Unitholder’s, Company’s and Corporation’s rights and obligations under this Section 2.1(a) arising from that particular Exchange Notice, and all actions taken to effect the Exchange contemplated by that Exchange Notice shall be deemed rescinded.
(b)    Exchange Consideration. On the Exchange Date, provided the Company Unitholder has satisfied its obligations under Section 2.1(a)(ii), the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such Company Unitholder (or its designee), at the address set forth on the applicable Exchange Notice, either certificates representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon the applicable Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging Company Unitholder (or its designee) or, if the Corporation has so elected, the Cash Settlement, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall have the right but not the obligation (in lieu of the Company) to have the Corporation acquire the Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, Class B Common Stock any Company Unitholder is requesting to be exchanged pursuant to Section 2.1(a) directly from such Company Unitholder in exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock or, at the option of the Corporation, the Cash Settlement. If an exchanging Company Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Settlement that such Company Unitholder is entitled to receive from the Corporation pursuant to this Section 2.1(b), the Company Unitholder shall have no further right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock from the Company in connection with that Exchange. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 2.1(b) to the contrary, to the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Company or the Corporation will, upon the written instruction of an exchanging Company Unitholder, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging Company Unitholder through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such exchanging Company Unitholder in the Exchange Notice. Upon a Company Unitholder exercising its right to Exchange, the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, shall take such actions as (A) may be required to ensure that such Company Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Settlement that such exchanging Company Unitholder is entitled to receive in connection with such Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1, and (B) may be reasonably within its control that would cause such Exchange to be treated for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement as an “Exchange” (as such term is defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Corporation elects a Cash Settlement, the Corporation shall only be obligated to contribute to the Company an amount in respect of such Cash Settlement equal to the net proceeds (after deduction of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions, if applicable) from the sale by the Corporation of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Company Exchangeable Units being Exchanged for such Cash Settlement.
(c)    Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. For clarity, any Exchange of Company Class B Units shall be accompanied by and conditioned on the surrender to the Company of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock. Any shares of Class B Common Stock

7


surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed cancelled without any action on the part of any Person, including the Corporation. Any such cancelled shares of Class B Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding, and all rights with respect to such shares shall automatically cease and terminate, other than the right to receive from the Corporation a cash payment equal to the aggregate par value of such shares.
(d)    Expenses. Subject to any other arrangement or agreement among the Company and an applicable Company Unitholder, the Corporation, the Company, and each exchanging Company Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Corporation shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Company Unitholder that requested the Exchange (or The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for the account of a participant of The Depository Trust Company that will hold the shares for the account of such Company Unitholder) or the Cash Settlement is to be paid to a Person other than the Company Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such Company Unitholder or the Person in whose name such shares are to be delivered or to whom the Cash Settlement is to be paid shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
(e)    Publicly Traded Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Board or the Managing Member of the Company, as applicable, obtains a written opinion from an Advisory Firm that interests in the Company do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation or the Company, as applicable, will impose such restrictions on Exchanges as the Corporation or the Company, as applicable, may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio) if the Corporation or the Company obtains a written opinion from an Advisory Firm that such an Exchange would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
Section 2.2    Adjustment. To the extent not reflected in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging Company Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging Company Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is

8


any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property.
Section 2.3    Class A Common Stock to be Issued.
(a)    The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon all such Exchanges; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of unencumbered purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof).
(b)    The Corporation has taken and will take all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities that may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Corporation (including directors-by-deputization) who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Corporation pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
(c)    If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.
(d)    The Corporation covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Corporation or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any Person.
Section 2.4    Withholding.
(a)    If the Corporation or the Company shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign tax laws or regulations in respect of any Exchange, the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including, at its option, withholding shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount of any taxes that the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts are (or property is) so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property)

9


shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the applicable Company Unitholder.
(b)    If the Corporation or the Company determines that any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign tax laws or regulations are required to be withheld in respect of any Exchange, the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly notify the exchanging Company Unitholder and shall consider in good faith any theories, positions or alternative arrangements that such Company Unitholder raises (reasonably in advance of the date on which the Corporation or the Company believes withholding is required) as to why withholding is not required or that may avoid the need for such withholding, provided that none of the Corporation or the Company is required to incur additional costs as a result of such obligation and this Section 2.4(b) shall not in any manner limit the authority of the Corporation or the Company to withhold taxes with respect to an exchanging Company Unitholder pursuant to Section 2.4(a).
Section 2.5    Tax Treatment. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that an Exchange with the Company or the Corporation shall be treated as a direct exchange between the Corporation and the Company Unitholder for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes. The parties hereto intend to treat any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the exchanging Company Unitholder and the Corporation. This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of the Company as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Section 2.6    Contribution of the Corporation. In connection with any Exchange between a Company Unitholder and the Company, the Corporation shall contribute to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Settlement that the Company Unitholder is entitled to receive in such Exchange. Unless the Company Unitholder has timely delivered a Retraction Notice as provided in Section 2.1(a)(iv), on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date) (i) the Corporation shall make a capital contribution to the Company (in the form of the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Settlement that the Company Unitholder is entitled to receive in such Exchange) required under this Section 2.6 and (ii) the Company shall issue to the Corporation a number of Company Class A Units equal to the number of Company Exchangeable Units surrendered by the Company Unitholder. The timely delivery of a Retraction Notice shall terminate all of the Company’s and the Corporation’s rights and obligations under this Section 2.6 arising from the Exchange Notice.
Section 2.7    Distributions. No Exchange will impair the right of an exchanging Company Unitholder to receive any distribution for periods ending on or prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange (but for which payment had not yet been made with respect to the Company Exchangeable Units in question at the time the Exchange is consummated), in which case such exchanging Company Unitholder will retain, with respect to the Company Exchangeable Units so Exchanged, only the right to be paid such earned but unpaid distribution at the time it is paid to other Company Unitholders; provided that, for purposes of this Section 2.7, the exchanging Company Unitholder’s right to receive its pro rata portion of any distribution by the Company in

10


respect of such periods shall not be deemed impaired to the extent that the Company has not paid the Corporation its pro rata portion of such distribution prior to the consummation of the applicable Exchange.
Section 2.8    Conclusive Nature of Determinations. All determinations, interpretations, calculations, adjustments and other actions of the Company, the Corporation, the Board (or a committee to which the Board has delegated such authority), the Managing Member or a designee of any of the foregoing that are within such Person’s authority hereunder shall be binding and conclusive on a Company Unitholder absent manifest error. In connection with any such determination, interpretation, calculation, adjustment or other action, the Company, the Corporation, the Board (or a committee to which the Board has delegated such authority), the Managing Member or the designee of any of the foregoing shall be entitled to resolve any ambiguity with respect to the manner in which such determination, interpretation, calculation, adjustment or other action is to be made or taken, and shall be entitled to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, in such a manner as it determines to be fair and equitable, and such resolution or interpretation shall be binding and conclusive on a Company Unitholder absent manifest error.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 3.1    Representations and Warranties of the Corporation. The Corporation represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to issue the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance of the Class A Common Stock) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Corporation, including all actions determined by the Board to be reasonably necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to an Exchange shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations of any United States jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “Takeover Laws”) to the extent permitted by applicable law, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or the bylaws of the Corporation or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Corporation is a party, or (C) based on the representations to be made by each Company Unitholder pursuant to the written election in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto in connection with Exchanges made pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Corporation

11


or by which any property or asset of the Corporation is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation or its business, financial condition or results of operations.
Section 3.2    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of formation of the Company or the LLC Agreement or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business, financial condition or results of operations.
Section 3.3    Representations and Warranties of the Company Unitholders. Each Company Unitholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that (i) if it is not a natural person, that it is duly incorporated or formed and, to the extent such concept exists in its jurisdiction of organization, is existing and in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (ii) it has all requisite legal capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) if it is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of such Company Unitholder, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Company Unitholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Company Unitholder and the consummation by such Company Unitholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) if it is not a natural person, result in a violation of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of such Company Unitholder, (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Company

12


Unitholder is a party or by which any property or asset of such Company Unitholder is bound or affected, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to such Company Unitholder, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against such Company Unitholder of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 4.1    Additional Company Unitholders. If a Company Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s Company Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or Company Class C Units to another Person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the LLC Agreement, then such transferee (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) shall, as a condition to such transfer, be required to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a Company Unitholder hereunder. To the extent the Company issues Company Exchangeable Units in the future, then the Company shall, as a condition to such issuance, require each holder of such Company Exchangeable Units to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such holder shall become a Company Unitholder hereunder. Except as set forth in this Section 4.1, a Company Unitholder may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. No Person shall have any rights hereunder until he, she, or it has executed this Agreement (including by executing a joinder thereto).
Section 4.2    Term; Termination. This Agreement shall remain in effect (i) as to the Company and the Corporation, until the date on which no Company Class B Units or Company Class C Units remain outstanding and there exist no rights to acquire Company Exchangeable Units; and (ii) as to any Company Unitholder, until the date such Company Unitholder no longer holds or has any right to acquire Company Exchangeable Units.
Section 4.3    Notifications. Any notice, demand, consent, election, approval, request, or other communication (collectively, a “notice”) required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing or electronic form and either delivered personally, sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or sent by recognized overnight delivery service, electronically or by facsimile transmittal. A notice must be addressed:
If to the Corporation or the Company at:
One Presidential Boulevard, 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004
Telephone: (610) 617-6076
Facsimile: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation or the Company) to:
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

13


One Logan Square, Suite 2000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996
Telephone: (215) 988-2515
Facsimile: (215) 988-2757
Attention: H. John Michel, Jr.
If to any Company Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of the Company from time to time.
A notice delivered personally will be deemed given only when accepted or refused by the Person to whom it is delivered. A notice that is sent by mail will be deemed given: (i) three Business Days after such notice is mailed to an address within the United States of America or (ii) seven Business Days after such notice is mailed to an address outside of the United States of America. A notice sent by recognized overnight delivery service will be deemed given when received or refused. A notice sent electronically or by facsimile shall be deemed given upon receipt of a confirmation of such transmission, unless such receipt occurs after normal business hours, in which case such notice shall be deemed given as of the next Business Day. The Company or the Corporation may designate, by notice to all of the Company Unitholders, substitute addresses or addressees for notices; thereafter, notices are to be directed to those substitute addresses or addressees. Company Unitholders may designate, by notice to the Company and the Corporation, substitute addresses or addressees for notices; thereafter, notices are to be directed to those substitute addresses or addressees.
Section 4.4    Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the LLC Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements or arrangements (written and oral), including any prior representation, statement, condition or warranty between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
Section 4.5    Applicable Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a)    The parties hereto hereby agree that all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule, notwithstanding that public policy in Delaware or any other forum jurisdiction might indicate that the laws of that or any other jurisdiction should otherwise apply based on contacts with such state or otherwise.
(b)    Each of the parties hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware(or, if (but only if) such court lacks jurisdiction, any state or federal court of the State of Delaware) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined solely and exclusively in such court and the appellate courts therefrom. Each party hereto also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court other than as aforesaid. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety, or

14


other security that might be required of any other party hereto with respect thereto. The parties hereto each agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon such judgment.
(c)    EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 4.5.
Section 4.6    References to this Agreement; Headings. Unless otherwise indicated, “Sections,” “clauses” and “Exhibits” mean and refer to designated Sections, clauses, and Exhibits of this Agreement. Words such as “herein,” “hereby,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context indicates otherwise. All headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement. All exhibits and schedules referred to herein, and as the same may be amended from time to time, are by this reference made a part hereof as though fully set forth herein.
Section 4.7    Binding Provisions. This Agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective personal and legal representatives, heirs, executors, successors and Permitted Transferees.
Section 4.8    Construction. Common nouns and pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Person, Persons or other reference in the context requires. Every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party hereto. Any reference to any statute, law, or regulation, form or schedule shall include any amendments, modifications, or replacements thereof. Any reference to any agreement, contract or schedule, unless otherwise stated, shall include any amendments, modifications, or replacements thereof. Whenever used herein, “or” shall include both the conjunctive and disjunctive unless the context requires otherwise, “any” shall mean “one or more,” and “including” shall mean “including, without limitation.”

15


Section 4.9    Severability. It is expressly understood and agreed that if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstance shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any party or circumstance other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law so long as the economic or legal substance of the matters contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares or finds that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration or portion of the term or provision, or to delete specific words or phrases, and to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. If such court of competent jurisdiction does not so replace an invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the matters contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.
Section 4.10    Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts and delivered via facsimile or .pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. The signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.
Section 4.11    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each member of HL Management Investors, LLC and HLA Investments, LLC on the date hereof and each of their respective Permitted Transferees is specifically intended to be a third party beneficiary of the rights to Exchange Company Exchangeable Units hereunder, subject, in each case, to their execution and delivery to the Company and the Corporation of an executed joinder to this Agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Company and the Corporation. Otherwise, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, provide or create any rights or benefits in any Person other than the parties hereto.
Section 4.12    Mutual Drafting. The parties hereto are sophisticated and have been advised by attorneys throughout the transactions contemplated hereby who have carefully negotiated the provisions hereof. As a consequence, the parties do not intend that the presumptions of laws or rules relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter of any particular clause should be applied to this Agreement or any agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith, and therefore waive their effects.
Section 4.13    Rights and Remedies Cumulative. The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive the right to use any or all other remedies. Such rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of

16


this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
Section 4.14    Amendment. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing approved by the affirmative vote or written or electronic consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) the Company, (iii) Company Unitholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Company Class B Units and (iv) as long as HLA Investments, LLC holds a number of Company Units that is equal to or greater than 10% of the Post-IPO Company Units, the consent of HLA Investments, LLC, as applicable; provided that no amendment may disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of a Company Unitholder in respect of Company Units of a class (compared to the rights of Company Unitholders in respect of Company Units of the same class) without the consent of such Company Unitholder; provided further that no amendment may disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of the Company Unitholders holding Company Class C Units (compared to the rights of Company Unitholders in respect of Company Units generally) without the affirmative vote or written or electronic consent of Company Unitholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Company Class C Units.
Section 4.15    Specific Performance. The parties recognize that irreparable injury will result from a breach of any provision of this Agreement and that money damages would be inadequate to fully remedy the injury. Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, any party that may be injured (in addition to any other remedies that may be available to that party) shall be entitled (without the need to post any bond, surety, or other security) to one or more preliminary or permanent orders (a) restraining and enjoining any act that would constitute a breach or (b) compelling the performance of any obligation that, if not performed, would constitute a breach.
Section 4.16    Independent Nature of Company Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations. The obligations of each Company Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Company Unitholder, and no Company Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of, or failure to perform, the obligations of any other Company Unitholder hereunder. The decision of each Company Unitholder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such Company Unitholder independently of any other Company Unitholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Company Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Company Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Company Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the Company Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
*                    *                    *



17



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.
                    
HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
HAMILTON LANE ADVISORS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
 
Name: Mario L. Giannini
 
Title: President
 
 
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
Mario Giannini
 
 
MARIO GIANNINI 2008 ANNUITY TRUST
 
 
By:
/s/ Joseph G. Maniaci
 
Name: Joseph G. Maniaci, Esquire
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
HLA INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:
HRHLA, LLC, its managing member
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley R. Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
HL MANAGEMENT INVESTORS, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
/s/ Paul Waller
Paul Waller




EXHIBIT A
FORM OF
EXCHANGE NOTICE
Hamilton Lane Incorporated
One Presidential Boulevard, 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004
Telephone: (610) 617-6076
Facsimile: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel
Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C.
One Presidential Boulevard, 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004
Telephone: (610) 617-6076
Facsimile: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017 (the “Exchange Agreement”), among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”), and the Company Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.
The undersigned Company Unitholder hereby transfers to the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, the number of Company Exchangeable Units and, as applicable, shares of Class B Common Stock set forth below in Exchange for either shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name (or the name of its designee) as set forth below or, at the option of the Corporation, the Cash Settlement payable to the account set forth below, in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement.
Legal Name of Company Unitholder:
 
 
 
Maximum Number of Company Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock to be Exchanged:
 
 
 
Maximum Number of Company Class C Units to be Exchanged:
 
 
 
Limitation on Tax Benefit Payments under Section 3.01(b) of Tax Receivable Agreement:
 

If the Company Unitholder desires the shares of Class A Common Stock be settled through delivery to a brokerage account, please provide the broker name, account holder name and account number below. The Company's transfer agent may request further information from the Company Unitholder.

A-1


If the Company Unitholder desires the shares of Class A Common Stock be settled through the delivery of certificates to the Company Unitholder or its designee, please indicate the following:
Legal Name for Certificates:
 
Address for Delivery of Certificates:
 
If the Corporation elects Cash Settlement:
 
Broker Name:
 
Account Number:
 
Legal Name of Account Holder:
 

The undersigned Company Unitholder hereby represents and warrants that (i) the Company Unitholder has all requisite legal capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Exchange Notice and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) the execution and delivery of this Exchange Notice and the consummation of the Exchange have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of the Company Unitholder; (iii) this Exchange Notice constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned Company Unitholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally; (iv) the Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice are being transferred to the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; (v) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such Company Exchangeable Units and, as to Company Class B Units, shares of Class B Common Stock to the Company or the Corporation, as applicable; and (vi) the Company Unitholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and is not acquiring the shares of Class A Common Stock with the intent to distribute them in violation of the Securities Act.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Company as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer the Company Units subject to this Exchange Notice and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Settlement to be delivered in Exchange therefor.

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Exchange Notice to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.
Name:                        
Dated:                


A-3



EXHIBIT B
FORM OF
JOINDER
This Joinder (“Joinder”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2017 (the “Agreement”), among Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”), and each of the Company Unitholders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement. The Company, the Corporation and the undersigned agree that all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, notwithstanding that public policy in Delaware or any other forum jurisdiction might indicate that the laws of that or any other jurisdiction should otherwise apply based on contacts with such state or otherwise. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder and the Agreement, the terms of this Joinder shall control.
The undersigned, having acquired shares of (i) Class B Common Stock and Company Class B Units, and/or (ii) Company Class C Units, hereby joins and enters into the Agreement. By signing and returning this Joinder to the Company and the Corporation, the undersigned (A) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a Company Unitholder contained in the Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a Company Unitholder thereunder and (B) makes each of the representations and warranties of a Company Unitholder set forth in Section 3.3 of the Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder by the Company and the Corporation, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.
Unitholder Name:


By:                     
Name:    
Title:     
Address for notices:

Copies to:


EX-10.4 6 hlexhibit104.htm EXHIBIT 10.4 Exhibit

EXHIBIT 10.4


 



REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
HAMILTON LANE INCORPORATED
AND
CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS
DATED AS OF MARCH 6, 2017




    1
    



This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Agreement”), dated as of March 6, 2017, is made by and among:
i.    Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and
iii.    Each Person executing this Agreement on the signature pages hereto (collectively, together with their Permitted Transferees that become party hereto, the “Holders”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company has effected a series of Recapitalization Transactions (as defined below);
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Recapitalization Transactions, (a) the Holders beneficially own limited liability company interests (“HLA Units”) in Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“HLA”) which, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) pursuant to an Exchange Agreement dated the date hereof among the Company, HLA and certain holders (the “Exchange Agreement”) and (b) certain of the Holders directly own shares of Class A Common Stock;
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company is closing its initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “IPO”); and
WHEREAS, the parties believe that it is in the best interests of the Company and the other parties hereto to set forth their agreements regarding registration rights following the IPO;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1

EFFECTIVENESS
1.1    Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO.
ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS
2.1    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company: (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration

    1
    



Statement, from and after its effective date, does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) would reasonably be expected to adversely affect or interfere with any material financing or other material transaction under consideration by the Company; or (iii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement.
Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, (b) a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person, and (c) any investment fund advised or managed by, or under common control or management with, such specified Person; provided that the Company and each of its subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of any Holder. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Class A Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Class B Common Stock” means the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share.
Common Stock” means, collectively, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.
Class B Unit” means the HLA Units classified as Class B Units.
Class C Unit” means the HLA Units classified as Class C Units.
Closing Registrable Securities” means the total number of Registrable Securities as of the closing of the IPO, as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and similar transactions.
Demand Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
Demand Registration Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(i).
Exchange” means the exchange of (i) Class B Units together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock or (ii) Class C Units, as applicable, for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
Exchange Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

    2
    



Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
HLA” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
HLA Units” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
HLAI” means HLA Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a Holder.
IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.
Loss” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).
Member of the Immediate Family” means, with respect to any Person who is an individual, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Person is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) any trust that names only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.
Participation Conditions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).
Permitted Transferee” means (i) any Affiliate of a Holder and (ii) any Person designated as a Permitted Transferee by the Company's board of directors with the approval of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities under this Agreement.
Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.
Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
Potential Takedown Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).
Pro Rata Portion” means, with respect to each Holder requesting that its shares be registered or sold, a number of such shares equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered (excluding any shares to be registered or sold for the account of the Company) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by such Holder, and the denominator of which is the

    3
    



aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by all Holders requesting that their Registrable Securities be registered or sold.
Prospectus” means (i) the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments and supplements, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, and (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
Public Offering” means the offer and sale of Registrable Securities for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form).
Qualified Holder” means any of (a) HLAI, (b) Mario Giannini, (c) any Person party to this Agreement beneficially owning Registrable Securities aggregating 2.5% of the Closing Registrable Securities, (d) any Managing Director of the Company (whether holding that title now or hereafter) beneficially owning 1% or more of the Closing Registrable Securities who, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, either is (i) an Affiliate of the Company or (ii) holds a sufficient number of Registrable Securities that their sale could adversely affect the trading market for the Company’s Common Stock, and (e) any member of HLAI that is designated as a Permitted Transferee pursuant to the definition thereof and that has executed or executes a joinder to this Agreement.
Recapitalization Transactions” means the recapitalization transactions described in the Registration Statement for, and being implemented in connection with the closing of, the IPO.
Registrable Securities” means (i) all shares of Class A Common Stock that are not then subject to forfeiture to the Company, (ii) all shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security (including shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an Exchange) not then subject to vesting or forfeiture to the Company and (iii) all shares of Class A Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or then issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (w) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement, (x) such securities shall have been Transferred pursuant to Rule 144, (y) such Holder is able to immediately sell such securities (including all shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon Exchange, subject to the limitations on Exchange set forth in the Exchange Agreement) under Rule 144 without any restrictions on transfer (including without application of paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144), as determined in the reasonable opinion of the Holder (it being understood that a written opinion of the Company’s outside legal counsel to the effect that such securities may be so offered and sold and that any restrictive legends on the securities may be removed shall be conclusive evidence this clause has been satisfied), or (z) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

    4
    



Registration” means registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock under a Registration Statement. The terms “register,” “registered” and “registering” shall have correlative meanings.
Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8.
Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement other than a registration statement (and related Prospectus) filed on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto.
Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.
Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).
SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
Selling Stockholder Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).
Shelf Registration” means any Registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.
Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.
Shelf Takedown Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).
Shelf Takedown Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
Suspension” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e)(ii).
Transfer” means, with respect to any Registrable Security, any interest therein, or any other securities or equity interests relating thereto, a direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition thereof, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise. “Transferred” shall have a correlative meaning.

    5
    



Underwritten Offering” means an Underwritten Offering, including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an Underwritten Offering.
Underwritten Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement.
WKSI” means any Securities Act registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition.
2.2    Other Interpretive Provisions.
(i)    The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(ii)    The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(iii)    The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”
(iv)    The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
(v)    Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.
ARTICLE 3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS
The Company will perform and comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to perform and comply, with such of the following provisions as are applicable to it. Each Holder will perform and comply with such of the following provisions as are applicable to such Holder.
3.1    Demand Registration.
(a)    Request for Demand Registration.
(i)    Following the first anniversary of the closing date of the IPO, any Qualified Holder shall have the right to make a written request from time to time (a “Demand Registration Request”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by that Qualified Holder (a “Demand Registration”); provided that any Person who is a Qualified Holder solely by virtue of clause (d) of the definition of Qualified Holder may not make demand

    6
    



for an Underwritten Offering pursuant to either this Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.2 below.
(ii)    Each Demand Registration Request shall specify (x) the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered, (y) the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and (z) whether the Demand Registration Request is for an Underwritten Offering or a Shelf Registration.
(iii)    If a Demand Registration Request is for a Shelf Registration, and the Company is eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Company shall promptly file with the SEC a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by the initiating Qualified Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Qualified Holders, subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement.
(iv)    If the Demand Registration Request is for a Shelf Registration and the Company is not eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Company shall promptly file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or any other form that the Company is then permitted to use pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or such other Registration Statement as the Board of Directors may determine to be appropriate) relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by the initiating Qualified Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Qualified Holders.
(v)    If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is a WKSI, then any Shelf Registration Statement may (if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate to do so) include an unspecified amount of Registrable Securities to be sold by unspecified Holders, if on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is not a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered.
(b)    Limitation on Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration if (i) a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration was declared effective or an Underwritten Offering was consummated by either the Company or the Qualified Holders within the preceding 90 days; (ii) the Company has filed another Registration Statement (other than on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any successor thereto) that has not yet become effective; (iii) the value of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the initiating Qualified Holders is not reasonably expected (in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors) to yield net proceeds of at least $25 million, or in the case of an Underwritten Offering, of at least $50 million. No Demand Registration Request may cover Registrable Securities that are issuable upon exchange under and pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement if the Exchange Agreement would not, on the date of the Demand Registration Request,

    7
    



then permit such Exchange, except in a Shelf Registration with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors.
(c)    Demand Notice. Promptly upon receipt of a Demand Registration Request pursuant to Section (a) (but in no event more than ten Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice of the Demand Registration Request to all other Qualified Holders offering each such Qualified Holder the opportunity to include in the Demand Registration that number of Registrable Securities as the Qualified Holder may request in writing. Subject to Sections 3.1(g) and 3.1(h), the Company shall include in the Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice was delivered.
(d)    Demand Withdrawal. Each Qualified Holder that has requested the inclusion of Registrable Securities in a Registration (other than a Registration in connection with a Public Offering) pursuant to Section 3.1(c) may withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities from that registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement by delivering written notice to the Company. Upon receipt of a notice or notices withdrawing (i) all of the Registrable Securities included in that Registration Statement by the initiating Qualified Holder(s) or (ii) a number of such Registrable Securities so as to cause the expected net proceeds to fall below the applicable threshold set forth in Section 3.1(b), the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement.
(e)    Effectiveness.
(i)The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Registration Statement filed by it pursuant to this Agreement to become effective as promptly as practicable, subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement.
(ii)The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement filed on Form S-3 continuously effective under the Securities Act to permit the Prospectus forming a part of it to be usable by Holders until the earlier of: (A) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to that Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder); (B) the date as of which no Holder holds Registrable Securities; and (C) any date reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company to be appropriate, excluding any date that is fewer than 180 days after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any date that is after the third anniversary of the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement.
(iii)If the Registration Statement filed is a Shelf Registration Statement on any form other than Form S-3, or if the Registration Statement is filed in

    8
    



connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective for a period of at least 180 days after the effective date thereof, such other period as the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering may determine to be appropriate, or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holders of Registrable Securities may be required to refrain from selling any securities included in the Registration Statement at either the request of the Company or an underwriter of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
(f)    Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Registration Statement (a “Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to avoid exercising a Suspension (i) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion or (ii) for an aggregate of more than 120 days in any 12-month period. In the case of a Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders in writing upon the termination of any Demand Suspension. The Company Shall, if necessary, amend or supplement the Prospectus so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or amend the Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Registration Statement or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities that are included in such Registration Statement.
(g)    Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Shelf Registrations. If the Board of Directors of the Company concludes in good faith that the number of securities requested to be included in a Shelf Registration exceeds the number that can be sold without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (x) first, allocated to each Qualified Holder that has requested to participate in such Registration an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be registered or sold by such Qualified Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Qualified Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect. If a cutback pursuant to this Section 3.1(g) or (h) would causes an applicable dollar threshold set forth

    9
    



in Section 3.1(b)(iii) not to be met with respect to the Demand Registration, Section 3.1(b)(iii) shall not apply to that Demand Registration.
(h)    Priority of Securities in Underwritten Offerings. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in the proposed offering exceeds the number that can be sold in that offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the number of Registrable Securities to be included shall be (x) first, allocated to each Qualified Holder that has requested to participate in such Underwritten Offering an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be registered or sold by such Qualified Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Qualified Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect.
(i)    No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless that Person agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered by the applicable Registration Statement on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents required under the terms of the underwriting arrangements; provided that no Person shall be required to make representations and warranties other than those related to title and ownership of their shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the managing underwriter by such Person.
(j)    Resale Rights. In the event that a Holder requests to participate in a Registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such members, if requested by such Holder.

    10
    



3.2    Shelf Takedowns.
(a)    At any time the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities, a Qualified Holder, by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, may make a written request (a “Shelf Takedown Request”) that the Company effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown of all or a portion of such Qualified Holder’s Registrable Securities that are registered on such Shelf Registration Statement, and as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as necessary for such purpose, subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement.
(b)    Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than two Business Days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall deliver a notice (a “Shelf Takedown Notice”) to each other Holder with Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all other Holders if such Registration Statement is undesignated (each a “Potential Takedown Participant”). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Registrable Securities as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three Business Days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within 10 Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than ninety percent (90%) (or such lesser percentage specified by such Potential Takedown Participant) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the Business Day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participant’s election to participate (the “Participation Conditions”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Section 3.2 shall be determined by the initiating Qualified Holders.
3.3    Piggyback Registration.
(a)    Participation. If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act or to conduct a Public Offering with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons

    11
    



(other than (i) a Registration under Sections 3.1 or 3.2, (ii) a Registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms or (iii) a Registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan, employee stock purchase plan, dividend reinvestment program or other employee benefit plan arrangement), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 10 Business Days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement or, in the case of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the anticipated pricing or trade date), the Company shall give written notice (a “Piggyback Notice”) of such proposed filing or Public Offering to all Qualified Holders, and such Piggyback Notice shall offer the Qualified Holders the opportunity to register under such Registration Statement, or to sell in such Public Offering, such number of Registrable Securities as each such Qualified Holder may request in writing (a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section (b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement or in such Public Offering as applicable, all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within five Business Days after the receipt by such Qualified Holder of any such notice; provided, however, that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register or sell any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, or the pricing or trade date of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company determines for any reason not to register or sell or to delay Registration or the sale of such securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Qualified Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register or sell, shall be relieved of its obligation to register or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration or Public Offering (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holders entitled to request that such Registration or sale be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 3.1 or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registration or sale, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, shall also be permitted to delay registering or selling any Registrable Securities. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw all or part of its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw.
(b)    Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the participating Qualified Holders in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities that such Qualified Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, one hundred percent (100%) of the securities that the Company proposes to sell, and (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable

    12
    



Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated among the Qualified Holders that have requested to participate in such Registration based on an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be sold by such Qualified Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Qualified Holder’s Pro Rata Portion and (iii) third, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration.
(c)    No Effect on Other Registrations. No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 3.3 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 3.1 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 3.1.
3.4    Lock-Up Agreements. In connection with each Registration or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.3 conducted as an Underwritten Offering, each Holder agrees, if requested, to become bound by and to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering restricting such Holder’s right to (a) Transfer, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company held by such Holder or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities during the period commencing on the date of the final Prospectus relating to such Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the underwriters (such period not to exceed 90 days plus such additional period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter due to regulatory restrictions on the publication or other distribution of research reports and analyst recommendations and opinions, if applicable). The terms of such lock-up agreements shall be negotiated among the Holders, the Company and the underwriters and shall include customary carve-outs from the restrictions on Transfer set forth therein.
3.5    Registration Procedures.
(a)    Requirements. In connection with the Company’s obligations under Sections 3.1 and 3.3, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration and to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:
(i)    as promptly as practicable, prepare the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith and Prospectus, and, before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel, (y) make such changes in such documents concerning the Holders prior to the filing thereof as such Holders, or their counsel, may reasonably request and (z) except in the case

    13
    



of a Registration under Section 3.3, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the participating Holders, in such capacity, or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;
(ii)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement and supplements to the Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by any participating Holder with Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, (y) reasonably requested by any participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;
(iii)    notify the participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such notice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (a) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (b) of any written comments by the SEC, or any request by the SEC or other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus, or for additional information (whether before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement) or any other correspondence with the SEC relating to, or which may affect, the Registration, (c) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (d) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects and (e) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;
(iv)    promptly notify each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not

    14
    



misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;
(v)    to the extent the Company is eligible under the relevant provisions of Rule 430B under the Securities Act, if the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment;
(vi)    prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order or notice preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;
(vii)    promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the participating Holders agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;
(viii)    furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);
(ix)    deliver to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter (it being understood that the Company shall consent to the use of such Prospectus or any

    15
    



amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto);
(x)    on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the Registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction as any such selling Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such Registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 3.1, as applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(xi)    cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;
(xii)    cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
(xiii)    make such representations and warranties to the Holders being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in public offerings similar to the offering then being undertaken;
(xiv)    enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as the participating Holders or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;
(xv)    obtain for delivery to the Holders being registered and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the most recent effective date of the Registration Statement or, in

    16
    



the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;
(xvi)    in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Holders included in such Registration or sale, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants or independent auditors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of any subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;
(xvii)    cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;
(xviii)    comply with all applicable securities laws and, if a Registration Statement was filed, make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
(xix)    provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement;
(xx)    to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then quoted.
(xxi)    make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by a representative appointed by the participating Holders, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to

    17
    



supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement;
(xxii)    in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;
(xxiii)    take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;
(xxiv)    take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Registration complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and
(xxv)    take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b)    Company Information Requests. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration or sale is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such Registration or sale the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.
(c)    Discontinuing Registration. Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.5(a)(iv), such Holder will discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.5(a)(iv), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense)

    18
    



all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.5(a)(iv) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.
3.6    Underwritten Offerings.
(a)    Shelf and Demand Registrations. If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering, pursuant to a Registration or sale under Section 3.1, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to each of the Company, the participating Holders and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 3.9. The Holders of the Registrable Securities proposed to be distributed by such underwriters shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof, and such Holders shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney and other documents reasonably requested by the underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations to be made by the Holder as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder under such agreement shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses.
(b)    Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register or sell any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 3.3 and such securities are to be distributed through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Qualified Holder pursuant to Section 3.3 and, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration or sale all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Qualified Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration or sale. The Holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters and shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney

    19
    



and other documents reasonably requested by the underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations to be made by the Holder as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses.
(c)    Selection of Underwriters; Selection of Counsel. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 3.1, the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the Qualified Holders; provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 3.2, the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the Company; provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Qualified Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 3.1 or 3.2, legal counsel for the Holders shall be selected by the Qualified Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in the Public offering.
3.7    No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall hereafter enter into, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement granting registration or similar rights to any Person, and the Company hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, no registration or similar rights have been granted to any other Person other than pursuant to this Agreement.
3.8    Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of the Company and any subsidiaries of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation

    20
    



of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all reasonable fees (up to $100,000) and disbursements of legal counsel for the Qualified Holders, (vii) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration or sale, (ix) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (x) all expenses related to the “road show” for any Underwritten Offering (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders and underwriters, if so requested). All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay any fees and disbursements to underwriters not customarily paid by the issuers of securities in an offering similar to the applicable offering, including underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.
3.9    Indemnification.
(a)    Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder, each shareholder, member, limited or general partner of such Holder, each shareholder, member, limited or general partner of each such shareholder, member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities are registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including any report and other document filed under the Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report; provided, that no selling Holder shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.9(a) in respect of any untrue statement or omission contained in any information relating to such selling Holder furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in a Registration Statement and used by the Company in conformity therewith (such information, “Selling Stockholder Information”). This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of such securities by such

    21
    



Holder and regardless of any indemnity agreed to in the underwriting agreement that is less favorable to the Holders. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.
(b)    Indemnification by the Selling Holders. Each selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in such selling Holder’s Selling Stockholder Information. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering giving rise to such indemnification obligation, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.9(d) and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale.
(c)    Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (iii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iv) in the

    22
    



reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of such indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 3.9(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
(d)    Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Sections 3.9(a) and (b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein (other than as a result of exceptions or limitations on indemnification contained in Sections 3.9(a) and (b)), then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to

    23
    



in this Section 3.9(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 3.9(a) and (b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.9(d), in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a selling Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering giving rise to such contribution obligation, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.9(b) and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale. If indemnification is available under this Section 3.9, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 3.9(a) and (b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 3.9(d). The remedies provided for in this Section 3.9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
3.10    Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. The Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC), and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act in transactions that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement and within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.
3.11    Existing Registration Statements. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and regulation, the Company may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Qualified Holders, a Registration Statement that previously has been filed with the SEC or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly; provided that such previously filed Registration Statement may be, and is, amended or, subject to applicable securities laws, supplemented to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as selling

    24
    



stockholders those Qualified Holders demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other Registration Statements, by or at a specified time and the Company has, in lieu of then filing such Registration Statements or having such Registration Statements become effective, designated a previously filed or effective Registration Statement as the relevant Registration Statement for such purposes, in accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented in the manner contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence.
ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS
4.1    Authority: Effect. Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties members of a joint venture or other association. The Company and its subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of each such party pursuant to this Agreement.
4.2    Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by facsimile or e-mail, or (iii) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:
If to the Company to:
Hamilton Lane Incorporated
One Presidential Boulevard, 4th Floor
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004
Telephone: (610) 617-6076
Facsimile: (610) 617-9854
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
One Logan Square, Suite 2000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996
Telephone: (215) 988-2515
Facsimile: (215) 988-2757
Attention: H. John Michel, Jr.
If to a Holder, to the address on file in the Company’s records.

    25
    



Notice to the holder of record of any Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such securities for all purposes hereof.
Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (i) on the date received, if personally delivered, (ii) on the date received if delivered by facsimile or e-mail on a Business Day, or if not delivered on a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (iii) two Business Days after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.
4.3    Termination and Effect of Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the date on which no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 3.9 and 3.10, which shall survive any such termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach or Registration Expenses incurred prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Person entitled to indemnification rights pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof shall retain such indemnification rights with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii) occurred prior to such termination.
4.4    Permitted Transferees. The rights of a Holder hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities to a Permitted Transferee of that Holder. Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 4.4 will be effective unless the Permitted Transferee to which the assignment is being made, if not a Holder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Permitted Transferee will be bound by, and will be a party to, this Agreement. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 4.4 may not again transfer those rights to any other Permitted Transferee, other than as provided in this Section 4.4.
4.5    Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other parties hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances. No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.
4.6    Amendments. This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by

    26
    



an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities under this Agreement; provided, however, that any amendment, modification, extension or termination that disproportionately and adversely affects any Holder shall require the prior written consent of such Holder. Each such amendment, modification, extension or termination shall be binding upon each party hereto. In addition, each party hereto may waive any right hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party.
4.7    Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.
4.8    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware and the County of New Castle for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.
4.9    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN

    27
    



CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.9 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.9 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
4.10    Merger; Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement (along with the Exchange Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to such subject matter, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Holder or other party hereto may assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.
4.11    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
4.12    Severability. In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.
4.13    No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, for any obligation of any Holder under this

    28
    



Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.
[Signature pages follow]

    29
    



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Hamilton Lane Incorporated
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary



HLA Investments, LLC
By:
HRHLA, LLC, its managing member
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
HRHLA, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
MARIO GIANNINI 2008 ANNUITY TRUST
 
 
By:
/s/ Joseph G. Maniaci
 
Name: Joseph G. Maniaci, Esquire
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
Mario Giannini
 
 
Hamilton Lane Advisors, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
 
Name: Mario L. Giannini
 
Title: President
OAKVILLE NUMBER TWO TRUST
By: Rysaffe Trustee Company (C.I.) Limited, as trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Helen Green
 
Name: Helen Green
 
Title: Director
 
 
By:
/s/ Philip Radford
 
Name: Philip Radford
 
Title: Director



THE 2008 SEXTON DES. TRUST FBO LAURA SEXTON
 
 
By:
/s/ O. Griffith Sexton
 
Name: O. Griffith Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Barbara Sexton
 
Name: Barbara Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
THE 2008 SEXTON DES. TRUST FBO MATTHEW SEXTON
 
 
By:
/s/ O. Griffith Sexton
 
Name: O. Griffith Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Barbara Sexton
 
Name: Barbara Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
THE INITIAL TRUST UNDER THE FREDERICK B. WHITTEMORE 2008 CHILDREN'S TRUST AGREEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 25, 2008
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward B. Whittemore
 
Name: Edward B. Whittemore
 
Title: Trustee
/s/ Michael Schmertzler
Michael Schmertzler



 
 
 
/s/ Erik R. Hirsch
 
/s/ Andrea Anigati
Erik R. Hirsch
 
Andrea Anigati
 
 
 
/s/ Kevin J. Lucey
 
/s/ Jeffrey Meeker
Kevin J. Lucey
 
Jeffrey Meeker
 
 
 
/s/ Juan Delgado-Moreira
 
/s/ Michael Kelly
Juan Delgado-Moreira
 
Michael Kelly
 
 
 
/s/ Randy Stilman
 
/s/ Steve Brennan
Randy Stilman
 
Steve Brennan
 
 
 
/s/ Paul Yett
 
/s/ Thomas Kerr
Paul Yett
 
Thomas Kerr
 
 
 
/s/ Tara Blackburn
 
/s/ David Helgerson
Tara Blackburn
 
David Helgerson
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Donohue
 
 
Michael Donohue
 
 



Millennium Trust Co., LLC FBO Kevin J. Lucey IRA XXXXXXXX
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Lucey
 
Name: Kevin Lucey
 
 
 
 
FBO Andrea Anigati IRA Equity Trust Company D.B.A. Sterling Tru
 
 
By:
/s/ Andrea Anigati
 
Name: Andrea Anigati
 
 
 
 
Equity Trust Company, Custodian FBO Jeffrey Meeker IRA #XXXXX
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey Meeker
 
Name: Jeffrey Meeker
 
 





EX-10.5 7 hlexhibit105.htm EXHIBIT 10.5 Exhibit


EXHIBIT 10.5



STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT is executed as of March 6, 2017, to be effective from and after the Effective Date, by and among (i) Hamilton Lane Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), (ii) Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C., a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“HLA”), and (iii) the persons and entities listed on the signature pages hereto (collectively with their Affiliates, the “Class B Holders” and, individually, a “Class B Holder”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Corporation and HLA have entered into an underwriting agreement (a) to issue and sell to the several underwriters named therein shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation (the “Class A Common Stock”), and (b) to make a public offering of those shares of Class A Common Stock ((a) and (b), collectively, the “IPO”);
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, HLA Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HLAI”), holds of record a majority of the outstanding voting interests of HLA and, separately, has the rights to elect all members of the board of directors of HLA and to consent to the IPO;

WHEREAS, the Corporation, HLA, the Class B Holders and certain other Persons have effected, or will effect in connection with the Closing, a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions”);
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the Class B Holders Beneficially Own or will Beneficially Own (x) shares of the Corporation’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and/or (y) shares of the Corporation’s Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) and Class B limited liability company units in HLA (“Class B Units”), which Class B Units, subject to certain restrictions, are exchangeable from time to time at the option of the Beneficial Owner thereof for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms of an Exchange Agreement between the Corporation, HLA and its members (the “Exchange Agreement”) and the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of HLA (as may be amended from time to time, the “HLA LLC Agreement”);
WHEREAS, HLAI has consented to the IPO;
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, HLAI will own of record shares of Common Stock representing a majority in voting power of the outstanding Common Stock; and


1


WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for certain governance rights and other matters, and to set forth the respective rights and obligations of the Class B Holders on and after the Effective Date.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and understandings set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (b) a Permitted Transferee of such Person; provided that the Corporation, HLA and its subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of the Class B Holders. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agreement” means this Stockholders Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and as hereafter from time to time amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the terms hereof.
Beneficial Ownership” has the same meaning given to it in Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, except that a Person will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether the right is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time or only after the satisfaction of conditions and notwithstanding any right of the issuer to pay cash in lieu of such securities. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Owner” shall have correlative meanings.
Board Designees” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) .
Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Class B Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Class B Holders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Class B Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Class C Units” means the Class C limited liability company units of HLA.
Closing” means the closing of the IPO.

2


Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Corporation Shares” means, as of any date of determination, (i) all outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security (including Class B Units and Class C Units), (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization; and (iv) any other securities that may hereafter be issued by the Corporation that have the right to vote on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for a vote, in all cases over which a Person has, exercises, or has the legal ability to exercise voting power.
Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Director” means a member of the Board of Directors.
Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
Exchange Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
Exchange Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
HLA LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
HLA Units” means, collectively, Class B Units and Class C Units.
HLA” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
HLAI” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Loss” or “Losses” means any claims, losses, liabilities, damages, interest, penalties and costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and expert witnesses’ fees, and costs and expenses of investigation and amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and other expenses of litigation, including in respect of enforcement of indemnity rights hereunder (it being understood that Losses shall not include any consequential, special, incidental, indirect or punitive damages, except to the extent that such damages are awarded to a third party).
Necessary Action” means, with respect to a specified result, all commercially reasonable actions required to cause such result that are within the power of a specified Person, including without limitation (i) causing all Corporation Shares to be present or represented at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for purposes of determining whether a quorum has been established, (ii) voting (or causing to be voted) the Corporation Shares, or granting a proxy (or causing a proxy to be granted) with respect to the voting of the Corporation Shares, (iii) duly

3


executing and delivering (or causing to be duly executed and delivered) any action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting with respect to the Corporation Shares, or granting a proxy (or causing the granting of a proxy) with respect to action by written consent in lieu of a meeting with respect to the Corporation Shares, (iv) adopting or causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the organizational documents of the Corporation or HLA, (v) executing and delivering agreements and instruments, (vi) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (vii) causing members of the Board of Directors, subject to any fiduciary duties that such members may have as Directors of the Corporation (including pursuant to Section 2.1(c)), to act in a certain manner, including causing members of the Board of Directors or any nominating or similar committee of the Board of Directors to recommend the appointment of any Board Designees as provided by this Agreement.
Permitted Transferee” means any Person to whom a Class B Holder has validly transferred HLA Units in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the HLA LLC Agreement.
Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, organization, business, trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or any subdivision or agency thereof.
Preferred Stock” shall mean the preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.
Reorganization Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
Sunset” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
Underwriting Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Section 2.1.    Board of Directors.
(a)    Composition of Initial Board. As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors shall be comprised of four Directors. The initial Directors shall be Hartley R. Rogers, Mario L. Giannini, Erik R. Hirsch and O. Griffith Sexton. The foregoing directors shall be divided into three classes of directors, each of whose members shall serve for staggered three-year terms as follows:
(i)    the Class I directors shall initially include O. Griffith Sexton;
(ii)    the Class II directors shall initially include Erik R. Hirsch; and

4


(iii)    the Class III directors shall initially include Hartley R. Rogers and Mario L. Giannini.
The initial term of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors following the Closing; the initial term of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors following the Closing; and the initial term of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting for the election of directors following the Closing.
(b)    Voting Agreement. Not less than 90 days prior to the anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which anniversary, in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing, shall be deemed to be September 30, 2017, HLAI shall provide notice (the “Designation Notice”) to the Board of Directors a list of individuals designated by HLAI to be elected as directors at the upcoming annual meeting (the “Board Designees”). Subject to the special rights of any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Corporation and the Class B Holders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Persons designated by HLAI to be the full slate of nominees recommended by the Board of Directors (or any committee or subcommittee thereof for election as directors at each annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Each Class B Holder shall take all Necessary Action (including by voting (or causing to be voted) all Corporation Shares that it owns of record or over which it has voting power or control, including all Corporation Shares owned by it, whether those shares are held by it on the date hereof or hereafter acquired by it), (x) to elect each nominee for the Board of Directors identified pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and (y) with respect to any other matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration, to adopt or reject such matter as directed by HLAI.
(c)    Additional Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this ARTICLE II, if the Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that its nomination of a particular Board Designee pursuant to this Section 2.1 would constitute a breach of its fiduciary duties to the Corporation’s stockholders or does not otherwise comply with the corporate governance requirements of the Corporation pertaining to the Board of Directors (provided that any such determination with respect to any Board Designee pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be made no later than 30 days after the Board of Directors receives the Designation Notice, the Board of Directors shall inform HLAI in writing of that determination and explain in reasonable detail the basis for it and HLAI shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter (but in any event within 10 days) designate another individual for nomination to the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors and the Corporation shall take all Necessary Action required by this ARTICLE II with respect to the nomination of such substitute Board Designee. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that the fact that a particular Board Designee is a Class B Holder or an Affiliate, director, professional, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of a Class B Holder or is not an independent director shall not in and of itself constitute an acceptable basis for such determination by the Board of Directors.

5


(d)    Vacancies. HLAI shall have the exclusive right to request, by delivery of notice to the Board of Directors, the removal of any Board Designee from the Board of Directors (whether for or without cause). Promptly after receipt of any such request, the Corporation and the Class B Holders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal (whether for or without cause) of any such Board Designee at the request of HLAI, including, if requested by HLAI, by calling a special meeting of stockholders for the removal of directors. In the event of the death, disability, removal or resignation of any Board Designees theretofore serving on the Board of Directors, or any increase of the size of the Board of Directors (other than in connection with the provision of special rights to elect directors to the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock), HLAI shall have the exclusive right to appoint (or designate a director for appointment) a director to fill the vacancy resulting therefrom (for the remainder of the then-current term), and the Corporation and the Class B Holders shall take any and all Necessary Action to cause any such vacancy to be filled by such replacement or additional directors so designated as promptly as reasonably practicable.
Section 2.2.    Stockholder Votes and Consents Generally; Proxy.
(a)    Each Class B Holder shall take all Necessary Action to vote (or cause to be voted), or to provide written consent (or cause to be provided a written consent) in respect of, all Corporation Shares over which such Class B Holder has voting control in the manner specified by HLAI from time to time. The agreement set forth in the prior sentence is specifically intended to last for the duration of this Agreement.
(b)    To facilitate performance of the parties’ obligations under this ARTICLE II, each Class B Holder hereby irrevocably grants to and appoints HLAI that Class B Holder’s proxy and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution), for and in the name, place and stead of that Class B Holder, to vote or act by written consent with respect to such Class B Holder’s Corporation Shares, and to grant (or cause to be granted) a consent, proxy or approval in respect of those Corporation Shares, in the event that such Class B Holder fails at any time to vote or act by written consent with respect to any of its Corporation Shares in the manner agreed by such Class B Holder in this Agreement, in each case in accordance with such Class B Holder’s agreements contained in this Agreement. Each Class B Holder hereby affirms that the proxy set forth in this Section 2.2(b) is irrevocable, coupled with an interest, intended to be valid for the full term of this Agreement (or, if earlier, until the last date permitted by applicable law), and given to secure the performance of the obligations of such Class B Holder under this Agreement. Such Class B Holder further acknowledges and agrees that such proxy and power of attorney shall constitute a durable power of attorney, that such proxy and power of attorney is intended to and shall attach to and run with all such Class B Holder’s Corporation Shares; and that any direct or indirect sale, pledge, hypothecation, gift, bequest, transfer or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) shall be binding upon any such transferee (and shall not become effective unless so binding). For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly contemplated by this Section 2.2(b), no Class B Holder has granted a proxy to any Person to exercise the rights of such Class B Holder under this Agreement or any other agreement to which such Class B Holder is a party.

6


(c)    In furtherance of the foregoing, at the request of HLAI (or its designee), each Class B Holder shall deposit into a voting trust, in customary form, and for the duration of the term of this Agreement, or such shorter period as HLAI may request, all Corporation Shares then held (or thereafter acquired) by that Class B Holder. Any such voting trust shall name HLAI (or its designee) as trustee, and provide that all Corporation Shares deposited in the voting trust shall be voted in accordance with this Agreement.
Section 2.3.    Agreement of Corporation and HLA. Each party hereto hereby agrees that it will take all Necessary Actions to cause the matters addressed by this ARTICLE II to be carried out in accordance with the provisions thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, the Secretary of each of the Corporation and of HLA or, if there be no Secretary, such other officer or employee of the Corporation or of HLA as may be fulfilling the duties of the Secretary, shall not record any vote or consent or other action contrary to the terms of this ARTICLE II.
Section 2.4.    Restrictions on Other Agreements. Except as expressly provided above, no Class B Holder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust, agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person with respect to its Corporation Shares if and to the extent the terms thereof conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreements or arrangements are with other Class B Holders, holders of Corporation Shares that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise).
Section 2.5.    Mandatory Exchange. If any Class B Holder Section 2.5. (x) fails to comply with any of its obligations hereunder or (y) otherwise materially breaches any provision of this Agreement applicable to him, her or it, HLAI may, in its sole discretion, require the Corporation, HLA, and such Class B Holder to exchange any or all HLA Units (including, in the case of each Class B Unit, the corresponding share of Class B Common Stock) held by such Class B Holder for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Corporation, HLA, and the other Persons party thereto; and in the event of any such exchange, each Person party hereto shall take all Necessary Action to cause the exchange to be effected.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 3.1.    Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that as of the Effective Date:
(a)    Existence; Authority; Enforceability. Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. If such party is an entity, it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the

7


consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. If such party is a natural person, such person has full capacity to contract. This Agreement has been duly executed by each of the parties hereto and constitutes his, her or its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against him, her or it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, or by the general principles of equity. No representation is made by any party with respect to the regulatory effect of this Agreement, and each of the parties has had an opportunity to consult with counsel as to his, her or its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement. No party makes any representation to any other party as to future law or regulation or the future interpretation of existing laws or regulations by any governmental authority or self-regulatory organization.
(b)    Absence of Conflicts. The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of his, her or its obligations hereunder does not and will not (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision of the constitutive documents of such party, if any; (ii) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected; or (iii) violate any law applicable to such party.
(c)    Consents. Other than any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.
Section 3.2.     Representations and Warranties of the Class B Holders. Each Class B Holder hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that, as of the Effective Date, the shares of Common Stock and HLA Units, in each case as listed on the Company’s records as of the Effective Date, are Beneficially Owned by such Class B Holder, free and clear of all liens, pledges, security interests, charges, claims, encumbrances, agreements, options, voting trusts, proxies and other arrangements or restrictions of any kind that would impair such Class B Holder's ability to perform its obligations hereunder.


8


ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 4.1.    Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the written agreement of Class B Holders holding two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Corporation Shares (excluding, for purposes of this Section 4.1, Corporation Shares that are subject to vesting (but including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such shares previously subject to vesting to the extent vested) held by all Class B Holders or over which Class B Holders or their Permitted Transferees have voting control, (b) a Sunset, (c) the disposition of HLAI of all of its interest in HLA, (d) its provisions becoming illegal or being interpreted by any governmental authority to be illegal, (e) any securities exchange on which the Corporation’s Common Shares are traded asserting that its existence will threaten the continued listing of the Corporation’s Common Shares on that securities exchange, including the commencement of formal delisting procedures, for 180 days without resolution, or (f) with respect to each Class B Holder, at such time that such Class B Holder and its Permitted Transferees who are Class B Holders cease to Beneficially Own any Class B Units; provided that if any provision of this Agreement is determined or interpreted to be illegal pursuant to clause (d) above or if any securities exchange on which the Corporation Shares are traded asserts for the requisite period that its existence will threaten the continued listing of the Corporation’s Common Shares on that Exchange, each Class B Holder shall take all Necessary Action to amend or modify the putatively illegal provision, or, as applicable, to cause the Corporation’s Common Shares to be listed on another United States securities exchange, if that exchange will so permit without requiring modification of this Agreement or to modify this Agreement to the minimum extent necessary to permit listing to be continued on the existing securities exchange or such alternative securities exchange, each at the request of HLAI.
Section 4.2.    Survival. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for: (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 4.2 and Section 4.8; (ii) the rights with respect to the breach of any provision hereof by the Corporation.
Section 4.3.    Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the Corporation, HLA and Class B Holders holding a majority of the voting interest of Common Stock held by the Class B Holders, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided that each Class B Holder (from time to time party hereto) shall be entitled to assign (solely in connection with a transfer of Common Stock or HLA Units) its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its Permitted Transferees, and such Permitted Transferees shall be required to sign a joinder to this Agreement in the form specified by the Board of Directors, in which case the Permitted Transferee shall make the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 and such other representations and warranties as the Board of Directors may reasonably require as of the effective date of such assignment.

9


Section 4.4.    Amendment and Modification; Waiver of Compliance.
(a)    This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument duly executed by the Corporation, HLA, and Class B Holders holding two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Corporation Shares (excluding, for purposes of this Section 4.4, Corporation Shares that are subject to vesting (but including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such shares previously subject to vesting to the extent vested) held by all Class B Holders or over which Class B Holders or their Permitted Transferees have voting control.
(b)    Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.
Section 4.5.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given to such party at its street address, HLA email address or facsimile number set forth in the records of the Corporation or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for such purpose by notice to the other parties. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified pursuant to this Section 4.5 and the appropriate confirmation is received on a business day, (ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class, certified or registered postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section 4.5 on a business day.
Section 4.6.    Entire Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement and the other writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written agreements and memoranda and undertakings among the parties hereto with regard to such subject matter. Except as expressly provided herein with respect to HLAI, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.
Section 4.7.    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby. In addition, if any court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable as written, each Person party hereto shall take all Necessary Action to cause this Agreement to be amended so as to provide, to the

10


maximum extent reasonably possible, that the purposes of the Agreement can be realized, and to modify this Agreement to the minimum extent reasonably possible.
Section 4.8.    CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. THE CHOICE OF FORUM SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT OF A DELAWARE FEDERAL OR STATE COURT, OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO ENFORCE SUCH A JUDGMENT, IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.
IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT COMMENCES ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTERS DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY (1) AGREE UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES ABSOLUTELY AND IRREVOCABLY TO INSTITUTE ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN THE COURT OF CHANCERY OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR, IF (BUT ONLY IF) SUCH COURT LACKS JURISDICTION, THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE; (2) AGREE THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION, SUCH PARTIES WILL CONSENT AND SUBMIT TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (1) OF THIS SECTION; (3) AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION WAS BROUGHT IN ANY INCONVENIENT FORUM; (4) WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTES OR CLAIMS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (5) AGREE TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BY MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO SUCH PARTY; (6) AGREE THAT ANY SERVICE MADE AS PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (7) AGREE THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTY TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 4.9.    Specific Performance.

(a)Each party hereto acknowledges that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms, or is otherwise breached, and that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy therefor. Thus, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by any other party of any covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to a

11


decree or order of specific performance to enforce the observance and performance of that covenant or obligation and an injunction restraining any breach or threatened breach.
(b)Each party further agrees that no other party or any other Person shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 4.9, and each party irrevocably waives any right that it might have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.
(c)The remedy of specific performance shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available to a party at law or in equity, and the election to pursue an injunction or specific performance shall not restrict, impair or otherwise limit such parties from recovery of monetary damages.
Section 4.10.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 4.11.    Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as any other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the provisions of this Agreement and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.
Section 4.12.    Schedule 13D. In accordance with the requirements of Rule 13d-1(k) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and subject to the limitations set forth therein, each Class B Holder hereto agrees to either (i) file an appropriate Schedule 13D no later than 10 calendar days following the Effective Date or (ii) execute a power of attorney in favor of a designee of HLAI and provide promptly such information as is requested by HLAI from time to time to make Schedule 13D filings on behalf of such Class B Holder.
Section 4.13.    Effectiveness of Agreement. Upon the Closing, the Agreement shall thereupon be deemed to be effective (such date, the “Effective Date”).; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the Effective Date has not occurred on or before June 30, 2017, this Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force or effect whatsoever, without further action by any Person.

*                        *                        *


12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

Hamilton Lane Incorporated
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary
 
 
Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Cleveland
 
Name: Robert W. Cleveland
 
Title: Secretary



HLA Investments, LLC
By:
HRHLA, LLC, its managing member
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
HRHLA, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Hartley Rogers
 
Name: Hartley Rogers
 
Title: Manager
 
 
 
/s/ Hartley Rogers
 
Hartley Rogers
MARIO GIANNINI 2008 ANNUITY TRUST
 
 
By:
/s/ Joseph G. Maniaci
 
Name: Joseph G. Maniaci, Esquire
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
Mario Giannini
 
 
Hamilton Lane Advisors, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mario L. Giannini
 
Name: Mario L. Giannini
 
Title: President
OAKVILLE NUMBER TWO TRUST
By: Rysaffe Trustee Company (C.I.) Limited, as trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Helen Green
 
Name: Helen Green
 
Title: Director
 
 
By:
/s/ Philip Radford
 
Name: Philip Radford
 
Title: Director



THE 2008 SEXTON DES. TRUST FBO LAURA SEXTON
 
 
By:
/s/ O. Griffith Sexton
 
Name: O. Griffith Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Barbara Sexton
 
Name: Barbara Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
THE 2008 SEXTON DES. TRUST FBO MATTHEW SEXTON
 
 
By:
/s/ O. Griffith Sexton
 
Name: O. Griffith Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Barbara Sexton
 
Name: Barbara Sexton
 
Title: Trustee
THE INITIAL TRUST UNDER THE FREDERICK B. WHITTEMORE 2008 CHILDREN'S TRUST AGREEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 25, 2008
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward B. Whittemore
 
Name: Edward B. Whittemore
 
Title: Trustee
/s/ Michael Schmertzler
Michael Schmertzler
/s/ John Hepburn
John Hepburn

/s/ O. Griffith Sexton
O. Griffith Sexton




 
 
 
/s/ Erik R. Hirsch
 
/s/ Andrea Anigati
Erik R. Hirsch
 
Andrea Anigati
 
 
 
/s/ Kevin J. Lucey
 
/s/ Jeffrey Meeker
Kevin J. Lucey
 
Jeffrey Meeker
 
 
 
/s/ Juan Delgado-Moreira
 
/s/ Michael Kelly
Juan Delgado-Moreira
 
Michael Kelly
 
 
 
/s/ Randy Stilman
 
/s/ Steve Brennan
Randy Stilman
 
Steve Brennan
 
 
 
/s/ Paul Yett
 
/s/ Thomas Kerr
Paul Yett
 
Thomas Kerr
 
 
 
/s/ Tara Blackburn
 
/s/ David Helgerson
Tara Blackburn
 
David Helgerson
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Donohue
 
 
Michael Donohue
 
 



Millennium Trust Co., LLC FBO Kevin J. Lucey IRA XXXXXXXX
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Lucey
 
Name: Kevin Lucey
 
 
 
 
FBO Andrea Anigati IRA Equity Trust Company D.B.A. Sterling Tru
 
 
By:
/s/ Andrea Anigati
 
Name: Andrea Anigati
 
 
 
 
Equity Trust Company, Custodian FBO Jeffrey Meeker IRA #XXXXX
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey Meeker
 
Name: Jeffrey Meeker